UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☑
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
OR
For the transition period from_______________ to ________________
Commission file number: 001-37763
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
5201 Interchange Way, Louisville, KY
(Address of principal executive offices)
20-0709285
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
40229
(Zip Code)
(502) 778-4421
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report: not applicable
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
Trading Symbol(s)
TPB
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☑ Yes ☐ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter)
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ☑ Yes ☐ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company
☐
☐
☑
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
☑
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act ☑
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ☐ Yes ☑ No
As of June 30, 2020, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $208 million based on the closing sale price of the
common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
At February 15, 2021, there were 19,095,559 shares outstanding of the registrant’s voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held on April 27, 2021, expected to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on or about March 15, 2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
PART I
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
PART II
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
PART III
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
PART IV
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.
Signatures
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
2
Page No.
4
17
34
35
35
35
36
37
38
54
55
92
92
93
94
94
94
94
94
95
99
100
Table of Contents
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements may generally be identified using words
such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan” and “will” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all
matters that are not historical facts. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not
occur in the future. As a result, actual events may differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement made by TPB in this
annual report on Form 10-K speaks only as of the date hereof. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is impossible for TPB to predict these events or how they may affect
it. TPB has no obligation, and does not intend, to update any forward-looking statements after the date hereof, except as required by federal securities laws.
3
Table of Contents
Item 1. Business
Turning Point Brands, Inc., Overview
PART I
Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading manufacturer, marketer and distributor of branded consumer products. We sell a wide range of products to adult
consumers consisting of staple products with our iconic brands Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® to our next generation products to fulfill evolving consumer preferences. Among other markets, we
compete in the alternative smoking accessories and Other Tobacco Products (“OTP”) industries. The alternative smoking accessories market is a dynamic market experiencing robust secular
growth driven by cannabinoid legalization in the U.S. and Canada, and positively evolving consumer perception and acceptance in North America. The OTP industry, which consists of non-
cigarette tobacco products, exhibited low double-digit consumer unit growth in 2020 as reported by Management Science Associates, Inc. (“MSAi”), a third-party analytics and information
company. Our three focus segments are led by our core, proprietary brands: Zig-Zag® in the Zig-Zag Products segment; Stoker’s® along with Beech-Nut® and Trophy® in the Stoker’s Products
segment; and Nu-XTM, Solace® along with our distribution platforms (Vapor Beast®, VaporFi® and Direct Vapor®) in the NewGen Products segment. Our businesses generate solid cash flow
which we use to finance acquisitions, increase brand support, expand our distribution infrastructure, and strengthen our capital position. We currently ship to approximately 800 distributors with
an additional 200 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. that carry and sell our products. Under the leadership of a senior management team with extensive experience in the consumer
products, alternative smoking accessories and tobacco industries, we have grown and diversified our business through new product launches, category expansions, and acquisitions while
concurrently improving operational efficiency.
We have identified additional growth opportunities in the emerging alternatives market. In January 2019, we established our subsidiary, Nu-X Ventures LLC (“Nu-X”), a new wholly owned
subsidiary dedicated to the development, production and sale of alternative products and acquisitions in related spaces. The creation of Nu-X allows us to leverage our expertise in traditional
OTP management to alternative products. Our management team has extensive experience navigating federal, state and local regulations that are directly applicable to the growing alternatives
market. In July 2019, we acquired the assets of Solace Technology (“Solace”). Solace is an innovative product development company which established one of the top e-liquid brands and has
since grown into a leader in alternative products. Solace’s legacy and innovation enhanced Nu-X’s strong and nimble development engine.
We believe there are meaningful opportunities to grow through acquisitions and joint ventures across all product categories. As of December 31, 2020, our products are available in
approximately 190,000 U.S. retail locations which, with the addition of retail stores in Canada, brings our total North American retail presence to an estimated 210,000 points of distribution. Our
sales team targets widespread distribution to all traditional retail channels, including convenience stores, and we have a growing e-commerce business.
To better align with Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s positioning as a branded consumer products company and to highlight the strength of its focus brands, the company has renamed its core
business segments from Smoking Products to Zig-Zag Products and Smokeless Products to Stoker’s Products. Historical financial results are not impacted by the segment name change.
Zig-Zag Products
Our Zig-Zag Products (“Zig-Zag”) segment principally includes rolling papers and MYO cigar wraps used as smoking accessories. The strength of the Zig-Zag® brand drives our leadership
position in both the rolling papers and MYO cigar wrap markets. Zig-Zag®, is the #1 premium and overall rolling paper in the U.S. with approximately 34% total market share. Management
estimates also indicate that Zig-Zag® is the #1 brand in the promising Canadian market. Rolling paper operations are aided by our sourcing relationship with Republic Technology International
SAS (“RTI”). See the “Distribution and Supply Agreements” section for our discussion of the Zig-Zag® distribution agreement.1
In MYO cigar wraps, the Zig-Zag® brand commands a majority of the market and continues to innovate in novel ways through further product introductions including our introduction of Zig-
Zag® ‘Rillo sized wraps, which are similar in size to cigarillos, the most popular and fastest growing type of machine-made cigars. In June 2020, we purchased certain assets from our long-term
commercial partner Durfort Holdings S.R.L (‘‘Durfort’’) which included the co-ownership in the intellectual property rights for all of our MYO HTL cigar wraps products. Along with the
transaction, we entered into an exclusive Master Distribution Agreement to market and sell the original Blunt Wrap® cigar wraps within the USA which was effective October 9, 2020.
In July 2019, we acquired a 30% stake in ReCreation Marketing (“ReCreation”). ReCreation is a specialty marketing and distribution firm focused on building brands in the Canadian cannabis
accessories, tobacco and alternative products categories. The investment leverages ReCreation’s significant expertise in marketing and distributing cannabis accessories and tobacco products
throughout Canada. In November 2020, we acquired an additional stake that brought our total ownership to 50%.
1 Brand rankings and market share percentages obtained from MSAi for the 52-week period ended December 26, 2020.
4
Table of Contents
In mid-2019 we repositioned the business with growth initiatives focused on new product introductions and new channel expansions that were better aligned with the growing market trends. We
are still in the early stages of realizing the benefits from these initiatives, but have already begun to change the growth profile of our Zig-Zag Products segment. The Zig-Zag Products segment
accounts for the majority of our operating profit and is now our fastest growing segment.
Stoker’s Products
Our Stoker’s Products (“Stoker’s”) segment includes both moist snuff tobacco (“MST”) and loose leaf chewing tobacco. Stoker’s® is our focus brand in both MST and chewing tobacco. In MST,
Stoker’s® remains among the fastest growing brands and holds an 8.0% share in the stores with distribution and a 5.2% share of the total U.S. MST market. Stoker’s® pioneered the large 12 oz.
tub packaging format and is manufactured using a proprietary process that we believe results in a superior product. In late 2015, we extended the Stoker’s® MST franchise to include traditional
1.2 oz. cans to broaden retail availability. Our proprietary manufacturing process is conducted at our Dresden, Tennessee, plant and packaged in both our Dresden, Tennessee, and Louisville,
Kentucky, facilities.1
Stoker’s® chewing tobacco has grown considerable share over the last several years and is presently the #1 discount brand and the second largest brand in the industry, with approximately a 24%
market share. Our status in the chew market is further strengthened by Beech-Nut®, the #3 premium brand and #7 overall, as well as Trophy®, Durango®, and the five Wind River Brands we
acquired in 2016. Collectively, the company is the #2 marketer of chewing tobacco with approximately 32% market share. Our chewing tobacco operations are facilitated through our long-
standing relationship with Swedish Match, the manufacturer of our loose-leaf chewing tobaccos.1
NewGen Products
Our NewGen Products (“NewGen”) segment includes our Nu-X subsidiary dedicated to the development, production and sale of alternative products as well as our various acquisitions in the
vape distribution space.
Nu-X, which was formed in January 2019, is dedicated to the development, production and sale of innovative, alternative products. Nu-X was enhanced by the acquisition of the assets and
integration of Solace in July 2019. Solace is an innovative product development company which established one of the top e-liquid brands and has since grown into a leader in alternative
products. Nu-X markets a wide assortment of offerings including CBD and nutraceutical products under the Nu-XTM brand, and nicotine e-liquid products and a nicotine chew product under the
Solace® brand.
Within our vape distribution business, Vapor Beast® is a leading distributor of vapor products servicing the non-traditional retail channel. International Vapor Group (“IVG”) operates a strong
B2C eCommerce business with direct sales to consumers nationwide and abroad through the Direct Vapor® and VaporFi® brands. We are leveraging our vape distribution business to increase
sales of our proprietary brands.
In October of 2020, we made investments that gave us exposure to large and growing addressable markets. We acquired a minority stake in Wild Hempettes, a leading manufacturer of hemp
cigarettes under the WildHemp™ and Hempettes™ brands as our entry into the smokable CBD category. In addition, the Company invested $15.0 million in dosist™, a global cannabinoid
company, with an option to invest an additional $15.0 million at pre-determined terms over the next 12 months. The Company received a warrant to receive preferred shares of dosist™ that will
automatically be exercised upon the changing of federal laws in the United States, rescheduling cannabis and/or permitting the general cultivation, distribution and possession of cannabis.
Competitive Strengths
We believe our competitive strengths include the following:
Large, Leading Brands with Significant Scale
We have built a portfolio of leading brands with significant scale that are well recognized by consumers, retailers, and wholesalers. Our Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® brands are each well established
and date back 120 and 80 years, respectively. The NewGen Products segment has been built primarily through the acquisitions of Solace, VaporBeast, and IVG, leading sellers of e-liquids,
devices, and accessories.
•
Zig-Zag® is the #1 premium and overall rolling paper brand in the U.S., with significant distribution in Canada. Zig-Zag® is also the #1 MYO cigar wrap brand in the U.S., as measured
by MSAi. We acquired North American rolling papers distribution rights for Zig-Zag® in 1997. More importantly, we own the Zig-Zag® tobacco trademark in the U.S. which we
leverage for our MYO cigar wraps product. More than 50% of our total 2020 Zig-Zag® branded net sales are under our own Zig-Zag® marks rather than those we license from under the
Distribution and Licensing Agreements described below.
1 Brand rankings and market share percentages obtained from MSAi for the 52-week period ended December 26, 2020.
5
Table of Contents
•
Stoker’s® is among the fastest growing MST brands in the industry and is the #2 loose leaf chewing tobacco brand. We manufacture Stoker’s® MST using only 100% American Leaf,
utilizing a proprietary process to produce what we believe is a superior product.1
Zig-Zag® is an iconic brand and has strong, enduring brand recognition among a wide audience of consumers. We believe the Stoker’s® brand is seen as an innovator in both the moist snuff and
loose-leaf chewing tobacco markets. The Solace acquisition provides us with a proven line of e-liquid and a strong new product development platform from which we intend to launch additional
novel products, including a variety of actives. VaporBeast is a powerful distribution engine that allows us to further penetrate non-traditional retail outlets. IVG provides us direct access to the
highly attractive, high margin B2C segment via the flagship Direct Vapor® and VaporFi® brands. Our Nu-X business has developed a line of innovative products that give us exposure to nascent
but growing product categories.
Exposure to Growing Cannabinoid Consumption Trends
We believe that the cannabinoid market will expand over the coming years as it becomes increasingly accepted by the public in the U.S. Our product offerings, particularly those in our Zig-Zag
Products and NewGen Products segments, are ideally positioned to benefit from continued growth in consumer consumption.
In addition, the legal cannabis market in the U.S. is projected to grow from $16 billion in 2020 to $34 billion by 2025, representing a 16% compounded annual growth rate, according to an
August 2020 report of Arcview Market Research and BDS Analytics, Inc. A recent Gallup poll showed nearly seven in ten Americans now support legalizing cannabis nationwide, approximately
double the level of twenty years ago. As of the end of 2020, 15 U.S. states and the District of Columbia had legalized cannabis for adults and a majority of states now allow for comprehensive
public medical cannabis programs.
Successful Track Record of New Product Launches and Category Expansions
We have successfully launched new products and entered new product categories by leveraging the strength of our brands. We methodically target markets which we believe have significant
growth potential. We have been successful in entering new product categories by extending existing products and brands in addition to introducing new products:
•
In 2009, we extended the Zig-Zag® tobacco brand into the MYO cigar wraps market and captured a 50% market share within the first two years. We are now the market share leader for
MYO cigar wraps with approximately a 63% share. We believe our success was driven by the Zig-Zag® tobacco branding, which we feel is widely understood by consumers to
represent a favorable, customizable experience ideally suited to MYO products.
• We extended the Zig-Zag® brand into hemp rolling papers in 2018 and followed that with the launch of paper cones in 2019 with both products quickly establishing leading positions in
their respective categories.
•
• We leveraged the proud legacy and value of the Stoker’s® brand to introduce a 12 oz. MST tub, a product whose size was not offered by any other market participant at the time of
introduction. Stoker’s® MST has been among the fastest growing moist snuff brands in the industry in terms of pounds sold. While competitors have introduced larger format tub
packaging, the early entry and differentiation of the Stoker’s® product have firmly established us as the market leader with over 50% of the Tub market as of 2019. In 2015, we
introduced Stoker’s® MST in 1.2 oz. cans to further expand retail penetration, particularly in convenience stores.
VaporBeast quickly established itself as a leading marketer and distributor of liquid vapor products to the non-traditional retail universe. With its national footprint, VaporBeast is
leveraging its regional consumer preference insights to further accelerate sales advances.
In 2019, the IVG acquisition, and specifically the VaporFi B2C marketing engine, offered us the opportunity to leverage the marketing competencies and processes to sell novel
proprietary products across multiple channels and platforms.
In 2019, we launched the Nu-X brand focused on product development in the alternative market including CBD and extended the brand into a line of nutraceutical products in 2020.
In 2019, the Solace acquisition provided us with a leading line of liquids and a powerful new product development platform. We extended the brand with the launch of a nicotine chew.
•
•
•
We strategically target product categories that we believe demonstrate significant growth potential and for which the value of our brands is likely to have a meaningful impact. We believe that
our track record and existing portfolio of brands provide growth advantages as we continue to evaluate opportunities to extend our product lines and expand into new categories.
1 Brand rankings and market share percentages obtained from MSAi for the 52-week period ended December 26, 2020.
6
Table of Contents
E-Commerce Capabilities
With the acquisition of VaporBeast and IVG, we established scaled B2B and B2C e-commerce presence to service the vape market. Our e-commerce capabilities were enhanced by the
acquisition and integration of Solace in 2019. In 2020, we leveraged those capabilities to build a meaningful B2B and B2C e-commerce business for Zig-Zag®.
Extensive Distribution Network and Data Driven Sales Organization
We have taken important steps to enhance our selling and distribution network and consumer marketing capabilities that allow us to grow our business while keeping our capital expense
requirements relatively low. We have long-standing relationships in the core convenience store channel and wholesale distribution network with access to more than 210,000, retail outlets in
North America. Our NewGen Products B2B business reaches thousands of vape stores and our B2C business has approximately 1.5 million unique customers. We are also increasing brand
presence through non-traditional channels including headshops, dispensaries, and B2B e-commerce. In e-commerce, we have added brand dedicated platforms including ZigZag.com, Nu-X.com,
and SolaceVapor.com.
We service our traditional tobacco and vapor customer bases with an experienced sales and marketing organization of approximately 180 professionals who possess in-depth knowledge of the
OTP market. We extensively use data supported by leading technology to enable our salesforce to analyze changing trends and effectively identify evolving consumer preferences at the store
level. Our market analytics allow us to efficiently and effectively address evolving consumer and market demands. We subscribe to a sales tracking system provided by MSAi that measures all
OTP product shipments by all market participants, on a weekly basis, from approximately 900 wholesalers to over 250,000 traditional retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to
understand share and volume trends across multiple categories at the individual store level, allowing us to allocate field salesforce coverage to the highest opportunity stores, thereby enhancing
the value of new store placements and sales activity. Within our Stoker’s segment product categories, we have seen a positive correlation between the frequency of store calls by our salesforce
and our retail market share.
Asset-light Business Model that Generates Resilient Free Cash Flow
We have a lean, asset-light manufacturing and sourcing model which leverages outsourced supplier relationships and requires low capital expenditures. We believe our asset-light model provides
marketplace flexibility, allows us to achieve favorable margins and generates high free cash flow conversion.
As part of our asset-light operating model we built long-standing and extensive relationships with leading, high-quality producers from whom we source products including loose-leaf chewing
tobacco and cigarette paper, among others. We do not outsource our MST production as a result of our proprietary manufacturing processes which are substantively different than those of our
competitors.
By outsourcing the production of products to a select group of suppliers with whom we have strong relationships, we are able to maintain low overhead costs and minimal capital expenditures.
Our supplier relationships allow us to increase the breadth of our product offerings and quickly enter new markets as management is able to focus on brand building and innovation. In 2020, over
80% of our net sales were derived from outsourced production operations and our capital expenditures have ranged between $2.0 million and $6.1 million per year over the previous 5 years.
The stability of our cash flows is enhanced by the resilience of our Zig-Zag Products and Stoker’s Products business segments which we believe have recession-resistant end-markets. Their
products are primarily staple products that are small ticket purchases for repeat consumers. In addition, we believe the secular shift to the value category in the Stoker’s Products segment will
benefit the long-term resilience of our brands.
Expertise to Succeed in Dynamic Regulatory Environments
We operate in a highly regulated environment involving many different government agencies. In 2009, the FDA was given a mandate over cigarettes and smokeless tobacco, which expanded in
2016 to include all other tobacco products including vaping and cigars. We believe we have a competitive advantage in this environment with our experienced management team and our
increased investments in teams of professionals comprising regulatory lawyers, scientists, and quality assurance processes.
The FDA is currently implementing a process called the PMTA, or the Pre Market Tobacco Authorization, which required all vape products introduced since 2007 to submit an application to the
FDA by September 2020. This is a very expensive and resource-intensive process and there are currently hundreds of competitors in the market but very few have the capability and or the
resources, to get their products successfully through this process.
We spent approximately $17 million to file applications covering 250 products, and we believe our application was one of the most extensive portfolios for open tank vaping products that was
submitted. By developing and submitting a deep suite of products and leveraging our distribution platform we believe that we have the opportunity to grow substantial market share with our
proprietary products as our competitors navigate this process. We believe this is a transformational event for the industry with potential to reap substantial benefits over time as the FDA
enforcement accelerates and thereby, creating significant barriers for new entrants.
7
Table of Contents
Experienced Management Team
With extensive experience in consumer products, alternative smoking accessories and tobacco markets, our senior management team has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while
improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading tobacco companies, including Altria Group, Inc. (formerly Philip Morris); Swedish Match;
and American Brands, Inc. Given the professional experience of the senior management team we are able to analyze risks and opportunities from a variety of perspectives. Our senior leadership
has embraced a collaborative culture in which the combined experience, analytical rigor, and creativity are leveraged to assess opportunities and deliver products that satisfy consumers’
demands.
Growth Strategies
We are focused on building sustainable margin streams, expanding the availability of our products, developing new products through innovation, and enhancing overall operating efficiencies
with the goal of improving margins and cash flow. We adopted the following strategies to drive growth in our business and build stockholder value:
Grow Share of Existing Product Lines, Domestically and Internationally
We intend to remain a consumer centric organization with an innovative view and understanding of the alternative smoking accessories and OTP markets. We believe we have strong tailwinds
for growth within our existing product lines. Within our Zig-Zag Products segment, we are benefitting from secular growth trends in the industry, driving market share gains in our traditional
convenience store channel and expanding our presence into non-traditional channels including headshops, dispensaries and e-commerce to drive growth. Within our Stoker’s Products segment,
there is ample runway for growth driven by same store sales growth and further distribution gains as Stoker’s® MST continues to be one of the fastest growing brands in the category.
In 2020, less than 5% of our revenues were generated outside of the U.S. Having established a strong infrastructure and negotiated relationships across multiple segments and products, we are
pursuing an international growth strategy to broaden sales and strengthen margins. We believe international sales represent a meaningful growth opportunity. Our goals include expanding our
presence in the worldwide OTP industry on a targeted basis. For example, we are expanding Zig-Zag®’s retail penetration and product assortment in Canada, and selling our Stoker’s® MST
products in South America, Europe, Asia and Africa.
Expand into Adjacent Categories through Innovation and New Partnerships
We continually evaluate opportunities to expand into adjacent product categories by leveraging our current portfolio or through new partnerships. We believe there are meaningful opportunities
for growth within the alternative smoking accessories and OTP markets. We maintain a robust product pipeline and plan to strategically introduce new products in attractive, growing markets,
both domestically and internationally. In particular, the strength of the Zig-Zag® brand provides a great platform to introduce a suite of complementary products similar to our launch and
expansion of hemp papers and paper cones. We have an exciting pipeline of new products and SKUs we plan on introducing over the coming years in both our papers and MYO wraps
businesses. As we have done successfully in the past, we will leverage our existing sales infrastructure to drive distribution of these new products.
We have identified a number of new adjacencies and we intend to leverage our existing brands and partnerships to continue the process of commercializing winning products that satisfy
consumer needs.
Within Nu-X, we launched a lineup of products in the CBD and nutraceutical category. We maintain a robust product pipeline and plan to strategically introduce new products in attractive and
growing segments.
Increase our Mix of Proprietary Products in Vape Distribution
Our vape distribution business comprises a majority of our revenue with the NewGen Products segment. It generates the highest share of our revenues but the lowest share of profits with a sales
mix of mostly lower gross margin third-party products. We aim to improve the profitability of the segment by generating increased sales from higher gross margin proprietary products within our
vape distribution platform and growing our sales of Nu-X products.
8
Table of Contents
Accelerate Growth Through National Distribution Network
Our business is built around a powerful sales and distribution infrastructure that currently reaches over 210,000 retail outlets in North America. We have strong presence in independent
convenience stores and now service most of the leading chain accounts. Through our Nu-X Ventures e-commerce platforms and our B2B and B2C vape distribution platforms we have alternative
avenues through which to sell third-party products and an increasing mix of our proprietary products. This allows new products to be tested with lower risk before we plug them into our wider
brick and mortar distribution system.
Combining our different platforms, we have an expansive multi-channel distribution infrastructure that gives us a big competitive advantage when we introduce new products or acquire
companies that we can integrate into our network. We believe our experienced salesforce, expansive distribution network, and leading market analytics put us in a strong position to swiftly
execute new product launches in response to evolving consumer and market preferences.
Strategically Pursue Acquisitions
We believe there are meaningful acquisition opportunities in our fragmented markets. We regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities across our industries. In evaluating acquisition
opportunities, our focus is on identifying acquisitions that leverage our distribution platform and product offerings or enable category expansion in areas with high growth potential.
Substantially all of our 2020 U.S. gross profit was derived from sales of products currently regulated by FDA Center for Tobacco Products. We have significant experience in complying with the
FDA regulatory regime with a compliance infrastructure composed of legal and scientific professionals. We believe many smaller OTP manufacturers currently lack this infrastructure, which we
believe is necessary to comply with the broad scope of FDA regulations. We believe our regulatory compliance infrastructure, combined with our skilled management and strong distribution
platform, position us to act as a consolidator within the OTP industry.
We have a strong track record of enhancing our OTP business with strategic and accretive acquisitions. The company itself was built through acquisitions that were subsequently grown through
distribution gains, market share growth and brand extensions into new product categories. This is a playbook that we have drawn on over time with a consistent track record of success. We
acquired the U.S. and Canadian rolling papers distribution rights for Zig-Zag® in 1997 and extended our product offerings including our entry into the MYO cigar wraps category in 2009. Today,
Zig-Zag® is the #1 premium and overall rolling paper and MYO cigar wrap brand in the U.S., as measured by MSAi. In 2003, we acquired the Stoker’s® brand. We have since built the brand to a
strong #2 position in the chewing tobacco industry while successfully leveraging the brand’s value through our MST expansion where it remains among the fastest growing MST brands in the
industry. Subsequent to our initial public offering (“IPO”) in 2016, we completed a series of acquisitions that built the foundation of our NewGen Products segment through (i) VaporBeast, (ii)
IVG, and (iii) Solace. Our investment in ReCreation Marketing in Canada in 2019 is accelerating Zig-Zag®’s growth through alternative channel penetration and introducing our proprietary
NewGen products into Canada. In 2020, we acquired certain assets from Durfort including co-ownership of the intellectual property rights for our MYO cigar wraps products. The transaction
increased our share of the economics in a MYO cigar wraps business that was benefitting from secular growth tailwinds and gave us access to a complimentary product in Blunt Wrap® through
an exclusive distribution agreement. Our investment in Wild Hempettes provided us entry into the growing smokable CBD category. Most recently, our investment in dosist™, a global
cannabinoid company, gives us increased exposure to the large and growing cannabinoid market.
Raw Materials, Product Supply, and Inventory Management
We source our products through a series of longstanding, highly valued relationships which allow us to conduct our business on an asset-light, distribution-focused basis.
The components of inventories were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Raw materials and work in process
Leaf tobacco
Finished goods - Zig-Zag Products
Finished goods - Stoker’s Products
Finished goods - NewGen Products
Other
Gross Inventory
LIFO reserve
Net Inventory
$
$
9
$
8,137
32,948
14,903
9,727
18,916
1,225
85,856
(6,106)
79,750
$
7,050
32,763
13,138
5,680
17,111
989
76,731
(5,752)
70,979
Table of Contents
Zig-Zag Products
Pursuant to the Zig-Zag® distribution agreements, we are required to purchase from RTI all cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and cigarette injecting machines that we sell, subject to RTI fulfilling
its obligations under the Zig-Zag® distribution agreements. See the “Distribution and Supply Agreements” section for our discussion of the Zig-Zag® distribution agreements. If RTI is unable or
unwilling to perform its obligations or ceases its cigarette paper manufacturing operations, in each case, as set forth in the Distribution Agreements, we may seek third-party suppliers and
continue the use of the Zig-Zag® trademark to market these products. To ensure we have a steady supply of premium cigarette paper products, as well as cigarette tubes and injectors, RTI is
required to maintain, at its expense, a two-month supply of inventory in a bonded, public warehouse in the U.S.
We obtain our MYO cigar wraps from our supplier in the Dominican Republic. We also obtain our Zig-Zag® branded cigar products from the Dominican Republic.
Stoker’s Products
Our moist snuff and loose-leaf chewing tobaccos are produced from air-cured and fire-cured leaf tobacco, respectively. We utilize recognized suppliers that generally maintain 12- to 24-month
supplies of our various types of tobacco at their facilities. We do not believe we are dependent on any single country or supplier source for tobacco. We generally maintain up to a two-month
supply of finished, moist snuff and loose leaf chewing tobacco. This supply is maintained at our Louisville, Kentucky, facility and in two regional public warehouses to facilitate distribution.
We also utilize a variety of suppliers for the sourcing of additives used in our smokeless products and for the supply of our packaging materials. Thus, we believe we are not dependent on a
single supplier for these products. There are no current U.S. federal regulations that restrict tobacco flavor additives in smokeless products. The additives that we use are food-grade, generally
accepted ingredients.
All of our moist snuff products are manufactured at our facility in Dresden, Tennessee. Packaging occurs at the Dresden, Tennessee, location in addition to the facility in Louisville, Kentucky.
All of our loose-leaf chewing tobacco production is fulfilled through our agreement with Swedish Match. See the “Distribution and Supply Agreements” section for our discussion of the Swedish
Match Manufacturing Agreement.
NewGen Products
We have sourcing relationships that are capable of providing liquid vapor products for other companies’ brands and for producing our own branded product lines in the category. Our acquisitions
of VaporBeast, IVG and Solace have (i) accelerated our entry into the non-traditional retail channel, where we believe a significant portion of CBD and liquid vapor products are sold; (ii)
provided enhanced distribution of products; and (iii) established best-in-class distribution and B2C platforms combining eCommerce selling skills with a national retail salesforce. We believe the
VaporBeast B2B competency coupled with the IVG B2C selling strengths and our national retail salesforce is a genuine competitive advantage and one that we intend to leverage on behalf of
Nu-X CBD and other actives products. Furthermore, we have established a sourcing group in Asia to ensure timely and cost-effective access to marketplace winners and new product launches,
while also maximizing margin through thoughtful logistics strategies.
Distribution and Supply Agreements
The Zig-Zag Distribution and License Agreements
In 1992 we entered into two long-term exclusive distribution agreements with respect to sales of Zig-Zag® cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and cigarette injector machines in the U.S. and
Canada (collectively, the “Distribution Agreements”). The Distribution Agreements had an initial twenty-year term, which automatically renews for successive twenty-year terms unless
terminated in accordance with the terms of the Distribution Agreements. The Distribution Agreements renewed for their second twenty-year term in November 2012.
Under the Distribution Agreements, we are required to purchase cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and cigarette injector machines from the licensor; however, our licensor must provide us with
sufficient quantities consistent with specific order-to-delivery timelines outlined in the Distribution Agreements. Our product supply is further protected by additional safeguards, including the
right to seek third-party suppliers in certain circumstances and a two-month safety stock inventory to be kept in the U.S. at the licensor’s expense. The Distribution Agreements also provide
shared responsibility for duties, insurance, shipping, and taxes. The import duties and taxes in the U.S. and Canada are our responsibility, while the licensor is responsible for insurance, export
duties, and shipping costs.
10
Table of Contents
Each of the Distribution Agreements contains customary termination provisions, including failure to meet performance obligations, the assignment of the agreement or the consummation of a
change of control, in each case, without consent of the licensor, upon certain material breaches, including our agreement not to promote, directly or indirectly, cigarette paper or cigarette paper
booklets of a competitor, or upon our bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, or other similar event. The licensor also may terminate the Distribution Agreements if a competitor acquires a
significant amount of our common stock or if one of our significant stockholders acquires a significant amount of one of our competitors. In the event of a termination, we have agreed that for a
period of five years after the termination we will not engage, directly or indirectly, in the manufacturing, selling, distributing, marketing, or otherwise promoting, in the U.S. and Canada, of
cigarette paper or cigarette paper booklets of a competitor without consent. There are certain de minimis exceptions to these provisions. For further details, see ‘‘Risk Factors – We depend on a
small number of key third-party suppliers and producers for our products’’.
In subsequent years, we entered into two licensing agreements, giving us the exclusive use of the Zig-Zag® brand name for e-cigarettes and related accessories in the U.S. and for paper cone
products in the U.S. and Canada (collectively, the “License Agreements”). Each of the License Agreements terminates if the Distribution Agreements are terminated.
The Distribution Agreements and the License Agreements were initially entered into with Bolloré. In November of 2020, Bolloré assigned the Distribution Agreements and the License
Agreements to RTI. For a number of years, RTI has been the outsourced manufacturer of cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, cigarette injector machines and certain other products bearing the Zig-
Zag® name. We do not expect the assignment of the Distribution Agreements or the License Agreements to have a material effect on our business.
Swedish Match Manufacturing Agreement
In 2008, we entered into a manufacturing and distribution agreement with Swedish Match whereby Swedish Match became the exclusive manufacturer of our loose-leaf chewing tobacco. Under
the agreement, production of our loose-leaf chewing tobacco products was completely transitioned to Swedish Match’s plant located in Owensboro, Kentucky, in 2009. We source all of the
tobacco Swedish Match uses to manufacture our products along with certain proprietary flavorings and retain all marketing, design, formula, and trademark rights over our loose-leaf products.
We also have the right to approve all product modifications and are solely responsible for decisions related to package design and branding of the loose-leaf tobacco produced for us.
Responsibilities related to process control, manufacturing activities, and inventory management with respect to our loose-leaf products are allocated between us and Swedish Match as specified
in the agreement. We also have rights to monitor production and quality control processes on an ongoing basis.
The agreement had an initial ten-year term and will automatically be renewed for five successive ten-year terms unless either party provides at least 180 days’ notice prior to a renewal term of its
intent to terminate the agreement, or unless otherwise terminated by mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with the provisions of the agreement. If a notice of non-renewal is delivered,
the contract will expire two years after the date on which the agreement would have otherwise been renewed. The terms allow the agreement to be assumed by a buyer, terminated for uncured
material breach, or terminated by us subject to a buyout. We also hold a right of first refusal to acquire the manufacturing plant as well as Swedish Match’s chewing tobacco unit. The agreement
was automatically renewed for the first of five 10-year renewal periods in September 2018.
Production and Quality Control
We primarily outsource our manufacturing and production processes and focus on packaging, marketing, and distribution. We currently manufacture less than 20% of our products as measured
by net sales. Our in-house manufacturing operations are principally limited to (i) the manufacturing of our moist snuff products, which occurs at our facility in Dresden, Tennessee; and (ii) the
packaging of our moist snuff products at our facilities in Dresden, Tennessee, and Louisville, Kentucky. Our MST products are processed in-house, rather than outsourced, as a result of our
proprietary manufacturing processes which are substantively different than those of our competitors.
We use proprietary production processes and techniques, including strict quality controls. Our quality control group routinely tests the quality of the tobacco, flavorings, application of flavorings,
premium cigarette papers, tubes and injectors, cigars, MYO cigar wraps, liquid vapor products, and packaging materials. We utilize sophisticated quality controls to test and closely monitor the
quality of our products. The high quality of our tobacco products is largely the result of using high-grade tobacco leaf and food-grade flavorings and, on an ongoing basis, analyzing the tobacco
cut, flavorings, and moisture content together with strict specifications for sourced products.
Given the importance of contract manufacturing to our business, our quality control group ensures that established, written procedures and standards are adhered to by each of our contract
manufacturers. Responsibilities related to process control, manufacturing activities, quality control, and inventory management with respect to our loose leaf are allocated between us and
Swedish Match under the manufacturing agreement.
Sales and Marketing
We have grown the size and capacity of our salesforce and intend to continue strengthening the organization to advance our ability to deepen and broaden the retail availability of our products
and brands.
11
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2020, we had a nationwide sales and marketing organization of approximately 180 professionals. Our sales and marketing group focuses on priority markets and sales
channels and seeks to operate with a high level of efficiency. In 2020, our Zig-Zag and Stoker’s Products sales and marketing efforts enabled our products to reach an estimated 210,000 retail
doors in North America and over 800 direct wholesale customers with an additional 200 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S.
Our Zig-Zag and Stoker’s Products sales efforts are focused on wholesale distributors and retail merchants in the independent and chain convenience store, tobacco outlet, food store, mass
merchandising, drug store, and non-traditional retail channels. For Zig-Zag Products, we have also developed a growing e-commerce business. Our NewGen sales efforts are focused on
alternative channels and winning new stores, increasing store share of requirements and growing the B2C engine to capture a greater share of online sales direct to the consumer. We have
expanded, and intend to continue to expand, the sales of our products into previously underdeveloped geographic markets and retail channels. In 2020, we derived more than 95% of our net sales
from sales in the U.S., with the remainder primarily from sales in Canada.
We subscribe to a sales tracking system from MSAi that records all traditional OTP product shipments (ours as well as those of our competitors) from approximately 900 wholesalers to over
250,000 traditional retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to understand individual product share and volume trends across multiple categories down to the individual retail store level,
allowing us to allocate field salesforce coverage to the highest opportunity stores. Additionally, the ability to select from a range of parameters and to achieve this level of granularity means we
can analyze marketplace trends in a timely manner and swiftly evolve our business planning to meet market opportunities.
We employ marketing activities to grow awareness, trial, and sales including selective trade advertising to expand wholesale availability, point-of-sale advertising and merchandising and
permanent and temporary displays to improve consumer visibility, and social media. We comply with all regulations relating to the marketing of tobacco products, such as directing marketing
efforts to adult consumers, and are committed to full legal compliance in the sales and marketing of our products. To date, we have neither relied upon, nor conducted, any substantial advertising
in the consumer media for our tobacco products.
In the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, we did not have any customer that accounted for 10% or more of our net sales. Our customers use an open purchase order system to buy
our products and are not obligated to do so pursuant to ongoing contractual obligations. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral on trade
receivables. Historically, we have not experienced material credit losses. Sales to customers within our NewGen segment are generally prepaid.
Competition
Many of our competitors are better capitalized than we are and have greater resources, financial and otherwise. We believe our ability to effectively compete and strong market positions in our
principal product lines are due to the high recognition of our brand names, the perceived quality of each of our products, and the efforts of our sales, marketing, and distribution teams. We
compete against “big tobacco,” including Altria Group, Inc. (formerly Philip Morris); British American Tobacco p.l.c. (formerly Reynolds); Swedish Match; Swisher International; and
manufacturers including U.K. based Imperial Brands, PLC, across our segments. “Big tobacco” has substantial resources and a customer base that has historically demonstrated loyalty to their
brands.
Competition in the OTP market is based upon not only brand quality and positioning but also on price, packaging, promotion, and retail availability and visibility. Given the decreasing
prevalence of cigarette consumption, the “big tobacco” companies continue to demonstrate an increased interest and participation in a number of OTP markets.
Zig-Zag Products
Our principle competitors for premium rolling paper sales are Republic Tobacco, L.P. and HBI International. Our major competitors in MYO cigar wraps are Good Times USA, LLC and New
Image Global, Inc. We believe MYO cigar wrap products are used interchangeably with both rolling papers and finished cigar products by many consumers.
Stoker’s Products
Our four principal competitors in the moist snuff category are Swedish Match, the American Snuff Company, LLC (a unit of British American Tobacco p.l.c.), Swisher International Group, Inc.
and U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company (a division of Altria Group, Inc.). In the loose-leaf chewing tobacco market, our three principal competitors are Swedish Match, the American Snuff
Company, LLC (a unit of British American Tobacco p.l.c.), and Swisher International Group, Inc. We believe moist snuff products are used interchangeably with loose leaf products by many
consumers.
12
Table of Contents
NewGen Products
In the NewGen products segment, aside from the established operations of Juul Labs, our competitors are varied as the market is relatively new and highly fragmented. Our direct competitors sell
products that are substantially similar to our products through the same channels in which we sell our liquid vapor products. We compete with these direct competitors for sales through
wholesalers and retailers including, but not limited to, vapor stores, national chain stores, tobacco shops, and convenience stores and in the online direct to consumer environment. Through our
acquisitions we now also compete directly with other non-traditional distributors and retailers.
Patents, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets
We have numerous registered trademarks relating to our products, including: Beech-Nut®, Trophy®, Havana Blossom®, Durango®, Stoker’s®, Tequila Sunrise®, Fred’s Choice®, Old Hillside®,
Our Pride®, Red Cap®, Tennessee Chew®, Big Mountain®, Springfield Standard ®, Snake River ®, Vapor Beast®, Vapor Shark®, DirectVapor®, VaporFi® and South Beach Smoke®. The
registered trademarks, which are significant to our business, expire periodically and are renewable for additional 10-year terms upon expiration. Flavor and blend formula trade secrets relating to
our tobacco products, which are key assets of our businesses, are maintained under strict secrecy.
The Zig-Zag® trade dress trademark for premium cigarette papers and related products are owned by RTI and have been exclusively licensed to us in the U.S. and Canada. The Zig-Zag®
trademark for e-cigarettes is also owned by RTI and has been exclusively licensed to us in the U.S. We own the Zig-Zag® trademark with respect to its use in connection with products made with
tobacco including, without limitation, cigarettes, cigars, and MYO cigar wraps in the U.S.
Research and Development and Quality Assurance
We have a research and development and quality assurance function that tests raw materials and finished products in order to maintain a high level of product quality and consistency. Research
and development largely bases its new product development efforts on our high-tech data systems. We spent approximately $1.3 million, $2.5 million, and $2.5 million dollars on research and
development and quality control efforts for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Human Capital
As of February 15, 2021, we employed 408 full-time and part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We believe we have a positive relationship with our employees.
We believe that our success is driven by our employees. Our human capital strategy, which is developed and overseen by our COO, focuses on the health and safety of our employees as well as
the attraction, development and retention of employees. Our COO is also responsible for our diversity and inclusion strategies. The CEO, CFO and COO regularly update the board of directors
and its committees on the human capital management, as well as the implementation of new initiatives.
Health and Safety: Our health and safety programs are designed to address applicable regulations as well as the specific hazards and work environments of each of our facilities. We regularly
conduct safety reviews at each of our locations to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and all policies and procedures. We maintain safety committees that meet regularly to discuss
and address any potential issues in our warehouse and manufacturing facilities. In addition, we conduct quarterly Motor Vehicle Safety trainings and annual Motor Vehicle Records checks for
those assigned to company vehicles or who are daily drivers. We utilize a number of metrics to assess the performance of our health and safety policies, procedures and initiatives, including lost
workdays and any recordable or reportable incidents.
Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, the health and safety of our employees has been our highest priority. We immediately implemented several changes to enhance COVID-19 safety and
mitigate related health risks in our work environment. For our warehouse and operations, these included split shifts for our fulfillment employees, temperature scans, additional contactless hand
sanitizing stations, protective equipment, social distancing guidelines, and increased cleaning and sanitization. For other employees this included enhancing remote working capabilities as well as
other arrangements.
Employee Engagement: To assess and improve employee retention and engagement, we have surveyed employees, with the assistance of third-party consultants, and use the results of and
feedback from the survey to address employee concerns. Our most recent survey was conducted in November 2020 and included participation by over two-thirds of our employees.
Diversity and Inclusion: We place a high value on diversity and inclusion. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 35% of our workforce was female and 22% of our employees in managerial
roles were female. As of the same date, underrepresented minorities made up approximately 27% of our workforce, with 16% of our managerial roles held by underrepresented minorities.
13
Table of Contents
Training and Talent Development: We provide technical and leadership training to employees at both the officer and non-officer levels. The Company has also launched a learning management
system for tracking training hours for its employees.
We believe that encouraging continual development for our employees is essential for it to maintain the strength and profitability of Company, generally, and brands, specifically. The Company
posts its openings internally to allow current employees to apply. In 2020, we had 11 promotions within the organization.
Retaining Talent: During the year ended December 31, 2020, our employee turnover rate was 20.7%. To retain our employees, we believe it is critical to continually focus on ensuring
employees are highly engaged and feel valued. We address these retention efforts in a number of ways, from formal surveys and quarterly business updates, to regular informal discussions with
employees that enable us to listen to, understand and address their concerns.
Employee Benefits: We offer comprehensive benefit programs to our employees that provides them with, among other things, medical, dental, and vision healthcare; 401K matching
contributions; paid parental leave; tuition assistance; and paid vacation time.
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”)
We believe that focusing on our consumers and customers, while proactively and productively addressing the environment, our employees, our community, and society at large, is the key to
driving value for all stakeholders. We recognize that incorporating ESG into our business strategy enhances our operating principles of winning with accountability, integrity, and responsibility,
and will position our company for greater success in the future. We believe that our Company will maximize its return to shareholders by implementing strategies and establishing goals to
address public health, mitigating environmental risks, seeking and integrating a diverse range of viewpoints, and displaying responsible behaviors to suppliers, customers, members of the
organization and most of all to its consumers.
Public Health
One key aspect of our ESG program, is our distinct focus on TPB’s role in public health. We market and sell products intended for adult use only, many containing nicotine. As a result, public
health plays a central role in all of our product initiatives. We believe in, and work diligently to apply, harm reduction principles to all of our products, from development through distribution and
marketing. Turning Point Brands’ vision is built upon the idea that adult consumers, when presented with responsibly marketed and high-quality options, will in large part prefer products with a
lower risk profile than others. This idea of moving adult consumers down the continuum of risk is a key driver of our Company’s future for sustainable growth. We intend to accomplish this by
developing low-risk alternatives according to good product stewardship and manufacturing principles in order to increase adult consumer availability of and access to high-quality products that
deliver satisfaction but at a lower risk to the user. We will continue to focus our R&D, scientific, policy, and product resources to increase the number of consumers choosing products that are
lower risk.
In September of 2020, Turning Point Brands submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration Premarket Tobacco Applications (“PMTAs”) covering 250 products. This is an important and
necessary step for TPB to offer adult consumers an extensive portfolio of products that serve as alternatives to combustible cigarettes and satisfy a wide variety of consumer preferences. The
filings provide detailed scientific data that we believe demonstrates that the products are “appropriate for the protection of public health,” as required by law. Studies to support the applications
were performed and included pharmacokinetics studies, a likelihood of use study, and a patterns of use study, in addition to a toxicological review. TPB also provided a detailed marketing plan
to illustrate how it will continue to prevent youth exposure to the products.
Prevention of Youth Access
Our vision is a world where only adult consumers purchase and use products that are not intended for youth. As a seller of products intended for adult-use only, society demands a higher burden
of responsibility from us, and we are committed to proactively preventing the underage appeal and access to those products. We are dedicated to the responsible marketing of our adult use
products and are fully committed to complying with all applicable laws and regulations governing them. TPB targets its marketing activities to both male and female current nicotine,
cannabinoid, and other active consumers that are 21 years of age and older. The marketing of our adult use products does not include content directed toward minors, and prohibited marketing
content includes childish images, cartoons, characters, mascots, juvenile designs, or other themes or imagery known to resonate with minors. The Company plans to continue to engage in
appropriately targeted marketing activity, consistent with all legal requirements, industry standards, and best practices.
Preventing youth access and use of our adult-use products is a key to our continued success. All of our adult-use products are intended to be sold to and used by adults 21 years of age and older,
and we are proactive in implementing programs to prevent youth access. For TPB’s own online retail (B2C) sales, TPB utilizes a robust third-party age verification process for all online
purchases by consumers. On its business-to-business (B2B) website section, TPB offers suggestions of resources for its downstream customers related to prevention of youth access. These
resources include information related to retailer-focused FDA Guidance, third-party age verification software available to both brick-and-mortar and online sellers, and helpful websites that offer
compliance tools, e.g., WeCard.
14
Table of Contents
Environmental Stewardship
Being good stewards of the planet will support our business success. We will achieve this by transitioning our fleet to lower emissions vehicles, implementing energy saving initiatives in all of
our locations, using renewable energy, and investing in Renewable Energy Credits (RECs) and Verified Emissions Reductions (VERs). We are also focused on reducing our water consumption
and lowering our waste streams with increased recycling efforts. Within each of these categories we will continue to define and update our metrics to measure our environmental impact based on
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB), Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP), Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), and the United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs).
Social Impact
We mobilized our internal resources during the COVID-19 crises to ensure the continuity of supply of our products to our customers and consumers while devoting company resources to assist
the community at large, including:
•
•
•
•
•
Implementing processes to keep our team members safe with plantwide safety and cleanliness protocols, split shifts for fulfillment personnel, isolating work units where possible, and
providing work from home opportunities.
Leveraging our IT strength and implementing videoconferencing to minimize contact and travel.
Communicating regularly with our customers and suppliers to understand their challenges and ways to assist them.
Providing lunches for our employees from local restaurants that were impacted by the pandemic.
Recognizing the commitment of our employees by providing worker incentives for our team members who could not work remotely.
Our Social program focuses on the safety of our people and the diversity of our workforce. Our goals are to provide an injury-free and diverse workforce in order to provide a winning culture and
be the employer of choice. We actively monitor and train against our safety program and have safety committees dedicated to implementing best practices and improving our safe working
environment. We have established meaningful measures for our Social program and our targets and actions will allow us to achieve our goals in this area.
Corporate Governance
Good corporate governance is critical to our operating principles of winning with accountability, integrity, and responsibility. Acting with accountability, integrity and responsibility is at the core
of our business conduct policy. We train all employees on our business conduct policies. In addition, our Governance program measures the diversity of our Board. We believe that Board
diversity is critical to having a winning culture and strategy. We have established meaningful measures for our Governance program and our targets and actions will allow us to achieve our
goals in this area.
2020 Highlights
Key highlights from our 2020 ESG metrics include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A year over year reduction in water usage at our manufacturing plants;
Recycling more solid waste than solid waste sent to landfills;
A year over year reduction in carbon emissions from our fleet;
In the area of safety, a year over year reduction in our lost time incident rate, and an incident rate well below industry average;
Greater than 30% female representation in our workforce, and 18% or more representation in all categories of management;
Underrepresented minorities made up 18% of our senior management;
Underrepresented minorities made up 43% of our Board, and women represented 29% of our Board; and
Implemented expanded policies related to restricting youth access and exposure.
We are committed to defining meaningful targets and strive to achieve these targets in each of these areas. Further information on our program can be found on our website.
15
Table of Contents
Internet Address and Company SEC Filings
Our primary Internet address is www.turningpointbrands.com. The SEC maintains a website at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. On the investor relations portion of our website, www.turningpointbrands.com/investor-relations, we provide a link to our
electronic filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-
K, and any amendments to these reports. We make all such filings available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after filing. The information found on our website is not part of this
or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.
16
Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors
The risk factors summarized and detailed below could materially harm our business, operating results and/or financial condition, impair our future prospects and/or cause the price of our
common stock to decline. These are not all of the risks we face and other factors not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also affect our business if they occur.
Material risks that may affect our business, operating results and financial condition include, but are not necessarily limited to, those relating to:
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
declining sales of tobacco products, and expected continuing decline of sales, in the tobacco industry overall;
our dependence on a small number of third-party suppliers and producers;
the possibility that we will be unable to identify or contract with new suppliers or producers in the event of a supply or product disruption;
the possibility that our licenses to use certain brands or trademarks will be terminated, challenged or restricted;
failure to maintain consumer brand recognition and loyalty of our customers;
our reliance on relationships with several large retailers and national chains for distribution of our products;
intense competition and our ability to compete effectively;
competition from illicit sources and the damage caused illicit products to brand equity;
contamination of our tobacco supply or products;
Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters
substantial and increasing U.S. regulation;
regulation of our products by the FDA, which has broad regulatory powers;
•
•
• many of our products contain nicotine, which is considered to be a highly addictive substance;
requirement to maintain compliance with master settlement agreement escrow account;
•
possible significant increases in federal, state and local municipal tobacco- and vapor-related taxes;
•
uncertainty and continued evolution of regulation of our NewGen and cigar products;
•
our products are subject to developing and unpredictable regulation, such as court actions that impact obligations;
•
increase in state and local regulation of our NewGen products has been proposed or enacted;
•
increase in tax of our NewGen products could adversely affect our business
•
sensitivity of end-customers to increased sales taxes and economic conditions;
•
possible increasing international control and regulation;
•
failure to comply with environmental, health and safety regulations;
•
imposition of significant tariffs on imports into the U.S.;
•
the scientific community’s lack of information regarding the long-term health effects of certain substances contained in some of our products;
•
infringement on or misappropriation of our intellectual property;
•
third-party claims that we infringe on their intellectual property;
•
significant product liability litigation;
•
the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business;
•
Risks Related to Financial Results, Finances and Capital Structure
•
•
•
our amount of indebtedness;
the terms of our indebtedness, which may restrict our current and future operations;
our loss of emerging growth status on December 31, 2021 and ability to comply with the additional disclosure requirements applicable to non-emerging growth companies;
Risks related to our Common Stock
•
•
•
reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors, potentially decreasing our stock price;
our principal stockholders will be able to exert significant influence over matters submitted to our stockholders and may take certain actions to prevent takeovers;
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware law and certain regulations, could discourage or prohibit acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely
affect the market price of our common stock;
17
Table of Contents
•
•
•
our certificate of incorporation limits the ownership of our common stock by individuals and entities that are Restricted Investors. These restrictions may affect the liquidity of our
common stock and may result in Restricted Investors being required to sell or redeem their shares at a loss or relinquish their voting, dividend and distribution rights;
future sales of our common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute
your ownership in us; and
we may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.
General Risks
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our business may be damaged by events outside of our suppliers’ control, such as the impact of epidemics (e.g., coronavirus), political upheavals, or natural disasters;
our reliance on information technology;
security and privacy breaches;
failure to manage our growth;
failure to successfully integrate our acquisitions or otherwise be unable to benefit from pursuing acquisitions;
fluctuations in our results;
exchange rate fluctuations;
adverse U.S. and global economic conditions;
departure of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain talent; and
failure to meet expectations relating to environmental, social and governance factors
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Sales of tobacco products are generally expected to continue to decline.
As a result of restrictions on advertising and promotions, increases in regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, a decline in the social acceptability of tobacco and tobacco-related products,
increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, and other factors, the overall U.S. market for tobacco products has generally been declining in terms of volume of sales and is expected to continue
to decline. The general climate of declining sales of tobacco products is principally driven by the long-standing declines in cigarettes. OTP, on the other hand, as measured by MSAi, have been
generating modest consumer unit volume gains. For instance, while loose-leaf chewing tobacco products have declined for over a decade, the MST segment pouch products and snus have been
growing in the low single digits over the same period. Additionally, cigarillo cigars and MYO cigar wraps have each demonstrated MSAi volume gains in recent years. Our tobacco products
comprised approximately 61% of our total 2020 net sales and, while some of our sales volume declines have been offset by higher prices or by increased sales in other product categories, there
can be no assurance that these price increases or increased sales can be sustained, especially in an environment of increased regulation, product characteristic restrictions, and taxation and
changes in consumer spending habits.
We depend on a small number of key third-party suppliers and producers for our products.
Our operations are largely dependent on a small number of key suppliers and producers to supply or manufacture our products pursuant to long-term contracts. In 2020, our three most important
suppliers and producers were: (i) Swedish Match, which produces all of our loose leaf chewing tobacco in the U.S., (ii) RTI, which provides us with exclusive access to the Zig-Zag® cigarette
paper and related accessories in the U.S. and Canada; and (iii) Durfort, which was a key supplier of MYO cigar wraps and cones until we acquired certain of the assets of Durfort in June 2020.
See “Item 1 – Business – Distribution and Supply Agreements”
All of our loose-leaf tobacco products are manufactured for us by Swedish Match pursuant to a ten-year renewable agreement, which we entered into in 2008. The agreement will automatically
be renewed for five successive ten-year terms unless either party provides at least 180 days’ notice prior to a renewal term of its intent to terminate the agreement or unless otherwise terminated
in accordance with the provisions of the agreement. If a notice of non-renewal is delivered, the contract will expire two years after the date on which the agreement would have otherwise been
renewed. Under this agreement, we retain the rights to all marketing, distribution and trademarks over the loose-leaf brands that we own or license. The agreement renewed for an additional ten-
year term in 2018. We share responsibilities with Swedish Match related to process control, manufacturing activities, quality control, and inventory management with respect to our loose-leaf
products. We rely on the performance by Swedish Match of its obligations under the agreement for the production of our loose-leaf tobacco products. Any significant disruption in Swedish
Match’s manufacturing capabilities or our relationship with Swedish Match, a deterioration in Swedish Match’s financial condition, or an industry-wide change in business practices with respect
to loose leaf tobacco products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
18
Table of Contents
All of our Zig-Zag® premium cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and injectors are sourced from RTI, pursuant to the Distribution Agreements. In November of 2020, Bolloré sold its rights to its
trademarks for the Zig-Zag® brand name in the U.S. and Canada to RTI and, in connection with the sale, assigned the Distribution Agreements and the License Agreements to RTI. RTI is an
affiliate of one of our competitors. The Distribution Agreements were most recently renewed in 2012 and pursuant to such agreements, we renegotiate pricing terms every five years. The
Distribution Agreements were initially entered into with Bolloré, the original holder of the cigarette paper-related trademarks for the Zig-Zag® brand name.
Pursuant to agreements with certain suppliers, we have agreed to store tobacco inventory purchased on our behalf and generally maintain a 12- to 24-month supply of our various tobacco
products at their facilities. We cannot guarantee our supply of these products will be adequate to meet the demands of our customers. Further, a major fire, violent weather conditions, or other
disasters that affect us or any of our key suppliers or producers, including RTI or Swedish Match, as well as those of our other suppliers and vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our
operations. Although we have insurance coverage for some of these events, a prolonged interruption in our operations, as well as those of our producers, suppliers, or vendors, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, we do not know whether we will be able to renew any or all of our agreements on a timely
basis, on terms satisfactory to us, or at all.
Any disruptions in our relationships with RTI or Swedish Match or any other significant supplier, a failure to renew any of our agreements, an inability or unwillingness by any supplier to
produce sufficient quantities of our products in a timely manner or finding a new supplier would have a significant impact on our ability to continue distributing the same volume and quality of
products and maintain our market share, even during a temporary disruption, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to identify or contract with new suppliers or producers in the event of a disruption to our supply.
In order to continue selling our products in the event of a disruption to our supply, we would have to identify new suppliers or producers that would be required to satisfy significant regulatory
requirements. Only a limited number of suppliers or producers may have the ability to produce our products at the volumes we need, and it could be costly or time-consuming to locate and
approve such alternative sources. Moreover, it may be difficult or costly to find suppliers to produce small volumes of our new products in the event we are looking only to supplement current
supply as suppliers may impose minimum order requirements. In addition, we may be unable to negotiate pricing or other terms with our existing or new suppliers as favorable as those we
currently enjoy. Even if we were able to successfully identify new suppliers and contract with them on favorable terms, these new suppliers would also be subject to stringent regulatory approval
procedures that could result in prolonged disruptions to our sourcing and distribution processes.
Furthermore, there is no guarantee that a new third-party supplier could accurately replicate the production process and taste profile of our existing products. We cannot guarantee that a failure to
adequately replace our existing suppliers would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our licenses to use certain brands and trademarks may be terminated or not renewed.
We are reliant upon brand recognition in the OTP markets in which we compete as the OTP industry is characterized by a high degree of brand loyalty and a reluctance to switch to new or
unrecognizable brands on the part of consumers. Some of the brands and trademarks under which our products are sold are licensed to us for a fixed period of time in respect of specified markets,
such as our Distribution and License Agreements for use of the Zig-Zag® name and associated trademarks in connection with certain of our cigarette papers and related products.
We have a number of licensing agreements with RTI, which acquired these licensing agreements from Bolloré in November 2020. The first of these governs licensing, sourcing and the use of the
Zig-Zag® name with respect to cigarette papers, cigarette tubes, and cigarette injector machines, the second of which governs licensing, sourcing and the use of the Zig-Zag® name with respect
to e-cigarettes, vaporizers, and e-liquids, and the third of which governs the licensing, sourcing and use of the Zig-Zag trademark on paper cones. In 2020, we generated approximately $133
million in net sales of Zig-Zag® products, of which approximately $66 million was generated from products sold through such license agreements. In the event that one or more of these
Licensing Agreements are not renewed, the terms of the agreements bind us under a five-year non-compete clause, under which we cannot engage in direct or indirect manufacturing, selling,
distributing or otherwise promoting of cigarette papers of a competitor without RTI’s consent, except in limited instances. We do not know whether we will renew these agreements on a timely
basis, on terms satisfactory to us, or at all. As a result of these restrictions, if our licensing agreements with respect to the Zig-Zag® trademark are terminated, we may not be able to access the
markets with recognizable brands that would be positioned to compete in these segments.
In the event that the licenses to use the brands and trademarks in our portfolio are terminated or are not renewed after the end of the term, there is no guarantee we will be able to find a suitable
replacement, or if a replacement is found, that it will be on favorable terms. Any loss in our brand-name appeal to our existing customers as a result of the lapse or termination of our licenses
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
19
Table of Contents
We may not be successful in maintaining the consumer brand recognition and loyalty of our products.
We compete in a market that relies on innovation and the ability to react to evolving consumer preferences. The alternative smoking accessories and tobacco industries in general, and the OTP
industry, in particular, are subject to changing consumer trends, demands, and preferences. Therefore, products once favored may over time become disfavored by consumers or no longer
perceived as the best option. Consumers in the OTP market have demonstrated a high degree of brand loyalty, but producers must continue to adapt their products in order to maintain their status
among these customers as the market evolves. The Zig-Zag® brand has strong brand recognition among smokers, and our continued success depends in part on our ability to continue to
differentiate the brand names that we own or license and maintain similarly high levels of recognition with target consumers. Trends within the alternative smoking accessories and OTP
industries change often. Our failure to anticipate, identify, or react to changes in these trends could, among other things, lead to reduced demand for our products. Factors that may affect
consumer perception of our products include health trends and attention to health concerns associated with tobacco, price-sensitivity in the presence of competitors’ products or substitute
products, and trends in favor of new NewGen products that are currently being researched and produced by participants in our industry. For example, in recent years, we have witnessed a shift in
consumer purchases from chewing tobacco to moist snuff due to its increased affordability. Along with our biggest competitors in the chewing tobacco market, which also produce moist snuff,
we have been able to shift priorities and adapt to this change. A failure to react to similar trends in the future could enable our competitors to grow or establish their brands’ market shares in these
categories before we have a chance to respond.
Consumer perceptions of the overall health of tobacco-based products is likely to continue to shift, and our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate these shifting tastes and the
rapidity with which the markets in which we compete will evolve in response to these changes on a timely and affordable basis. If we are unable to respond effectively and efficiently to changing
consumer preferences, the demand for our products may decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Regulations may be enacted in the future, particularly in light of increasing restrictions on the form and content of marketing of tobacco products, that would make it more difficult to appeal to
our consumers or to leverage existing recognition of the brands that we own or license. Furthermore, even if we are able to continue to distinguish our products, there can be no assurance that the
sales, marketing, and distribution efforts of our competitors will not be successful in persuading consumers of our products to switch to their products. Many of our competitors have greater
access to resources than we do, which better positions them to conduct market research in relation to branding strategies or costly marketing campaigns. Any loss of consumer brand loyalty to
our products or reduction of our ability to effectively brand our products in a recognizable way will have a material effect on our ability to continue to sell our products and maintain our market
share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our distribution efforts rely in part on our ability to leverage relationships with large retailers and national chains.
Our distribution efforts rely in part on our ability to leverage relationships with large retailers and national chains to sell and promote our products, which is dependent upon the strength of the
brand names that we own or license and our salesforce effectiveness. In order to maintain these relationships, we must continue to supply products that will bring steady business to these retailers
and national chains. We may not be able to sustain these relationships or establish other relationships with such entities, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute our
branding strategies, our ability to access the end-user markets with our products or our ability to maintain our relationships with the producers of our products. For example, if we are unable to
meet benchmarking provisions in contracts or if we are unable to maintain and leverage our retail relationships on a scale sufficient to make us an attractive distributor, it would have a material
adverse effect on our ability to source products, and on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, there are factors beyond our control that may prevent us from leveraging existing relationships, such as industry consolidation. If we are unable to develop and sustain relationships
with large retailers and national chains, or are unable to leverage those relationships due to factors such as a decline in the role of brick-and-mortar retailers in the North American economy, our
capacity to maintain and grow brand and product recognition and increase sales volume will be significantly undermined. In such an event, we may ultimately be forced to pursue and rely on
local and more fragmented sales channels, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face intense competition and may fail to compete effectively.
We are subject to significant competition across our segments and compete against companies in all segments that have access to significant resources in terms of technology, relationships with
suppliers and distributors and access to cash flow and financial markets.
20
Table of Contents
The OTP industry is characterized by brand recognition and loyalty, with product quality, price, marketing and packaging constituting the primary methods of competition. Substantial marketing
support, merchandising display, competitive pricing and other financial incentives generally are required to introduce a new brand or to improve or maintain a brand’s market position. Our
principal competitors are “big tobacco,” Altria Group, Inc. (formerly Phillip Morris) and British American Tobacco p.l.c. (formerly Reynolds) as well as Swedish Match, Swisher International
and manufacturers of electronic cigarettes, including U.K.-based Imperial Brands PLC. These competitors are significantly larger than us and aggressively seek to limit the distribution or sale of
other companies’ products, both at the wholesale and retail levels. For example, certain competitors have entered into agreements limiting retail-merchandising displays of other companies’
products or imposing minimum prices for OTP products, thereby limiting their competitors’ ability to offer discounted products. In addition, the tobacco industry is experiencing a trend toward
industry consolidation, most recently evidenced by the December 2018 investment in Juul Labs by Altria, the July 2017 acquisition of Reynolds American, Inc., by British American Tobacco
p.l.c., and the June 2015 acquisition of Lorillard, Inc., by Reynolds American, Inc. Industry consolidation could result in a more competitive environment if our competitors are able to increase
their combined resources, enhance their access to national distribution networks, or become acquired by established companies with greater resources than ours. Any inability to compete due to
our smaller scale as the industry continues to consolidate and be dominated by “big tobacco” could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The competitive environment and our competitive position are also significantly influenced by economic conditions, the state of consumer confidence, competitors’ introduction of low-priced
products or innovative products, higher taxes, higher absolute prices and larger gaps between price categories and product regulation that diminishes the consumer’s ability to differentiate
tobacco products. Due to the impact of these factors, as well as higher state and local excise taxes and the market share of deep discount brands, the tobacco industry has become increasingly
price competitive. As we seek to adapt to the price competitive environment, our competitors that are better capitalized may be able to sustain price discounts for long periods of time by
spreading the loss across their expansive portfolios, with which we are not positioned to compete.
“Big tobacco” has also established its presence in the NewGen products market and has begun to make investments in the alternative space. There can be no assurance that our products will be
able to compete successfully against these companies or any of our other competitors, some of which have far greater resources, capital, experience, market penetration, sales and distribution
channels than us. In addition, there are currently no U.S. restrictions on advertising electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products and competitors, including “big tobacco,” may have more
resources than us for advertising expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to build and maintain market share, and thus have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Competition from illicit sources may have an adverse effect on our overall sales volume, restricting the ability to increase selling prices and damaging brand equity.
Illicit trade and tobacco trafficking in the form of counterfeit products, smuggled genuine products and locally manufactured products on which applicable taxes or regulatory requirements are
evaded, represent a significant and growing threat to the legitimate tobacco industry. Factors such as increasing tax regimes, regulatory restrictions, and compliance requirements are encouraging
more consumers to switch to illegal, cheaper tobacco products and providing greater rewards for smugglers. Illicit trade can have an adverse effect on our overall sales volume, restrict the ability
to increase selling prices, damage brand equity and may lead to commoditization of our products.
Although we combat counterfeiting of our products by engaging in certain tactics, such as requiring all sales force personnel to randomly collect our products from retailers in order to be tested
by our quality control team, maintaining a quality control group that is responsible for identifying counterfeit products and using a private investigation firm to help perform surveillance of
retailers we suspect are selling counterfeit products, no assurance can be given that we will be able to detect or stop sales of all counterfeit products. In addition, we have in the past and will
continue to bring suits against retailers and distributors that sell certain counterfeit products. While we have been successful in securing financial recoveries from and helping to obtain criminal
convictions of counterfeiters in the past, no assurance can be given that we will be successful in any such suits or that such suits will be successful in stopping other retailers or distributors from
selling counterfeit products. Even if we are successful, such suits could consume a significant amount of management’s time and could also result in significant expenses to the company. Any
failure to track and prevent counterfeiting of our products could have a material adverse on our ability to maintain or effectively compete for the products we distribute under our brand names,
which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Contamination of, or damage to, our products could adversely impact sales volume, market share and profitability.
Our market position may be affected through the contamination of our tobacco supply or products during the manufacturing process or at different points in the entire supply chain. We keep
significant amounts of inventory of our products in warehouses and it is possible that this inventory could become contaminated prior to arrival at our premises or during the storage period. If
contamination of our inventory or packaged products occurs, whether as a result of a failure in quality control by us or by one of our suppliers, we may incur significant costs in replacing the
inventory and recalling products. We may be unable to meet customer demand and may lose customers who purchase alternative brands or products. In addition, consumers may lose confidence
in the affected product.
21
Table of Contents
Under the terms of our contracts, we impose requirements on our suppliers to maintain quality and comply with product specifications and requirements, and on our third-party co-manufacturer
to comply with all federal, state and local laws. These third-party suppliers, however, may not continue to produce products that are consistent with our standards or that are in compliance with
applicable laws, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify instances in which our third-party suppliers fail to comply with our standards or applicable laws. A loss of sales volume
from a contamination event may occur, and such a loss may affect our ability to supply our current customers and to recapture their business in the event they are forced to switch products or
brands, even if on a temporary basis. We may also be subject to legal action as a result of a contamination, which could result in negative publicity and affect our sales. During this time, our
competitors may benefit from an increased market share that could be difficult and costly to regain. Such a contamination event could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters
We are subject to substantial and increasing regulation.
The tobacco industry has been under public scrutiny for over 50 years. Industry critics include special interest groups, the U.S. Surgeon General, and many legislators and regulators at the local,
state and federal levels. A wide variety of federal, state, and local laws limit the advertising, sale, and use of tobacco, and these laws have proliferated in recent years. Together with changing
public attitudes towards tobacco consumption, the constant expansion of regulations has been a major cause of the overall decline in the consumption of tobacco products since the early 1970s.
These regulations relate to, among other things, the importation of tobacco products and shipping throughout the U.S. market, increases in the minimum age to purchase tobacco products,
imposition of taxes, sampling and advertising bans or restrictions, flavor bans or restrictions, ingredient and constituent disclosure requirements, and media campaigns and restrictions on where
consumers may use tobacco products. Additional restrictions may be legislatively imposed or agreed to in the future. These limitations may make it difficult for us to maintain the value of any
brand.
Moreover, the current trend is toward increasing regulation of the tobacco industry, which is likely to differ between the various U.S. states and Canadian provinces in which we currently
conduct the majority of our business. Extensive and inconsistent regulation by multiple states and at different governmental levels could prove to be particularly disruptive to our business as we
may be unable to accommodate such regulations in a cost-effective manner that allows us to continue to compete in an economically viable way. Regulations are often introduced without the
tobacco industry’s input and have been a significant reason behind reduced industry sales volumes and increased illicit trade.
In 1986, federal legislation was enacted regulating smokeless tobacco products (including dry and moist snuff and chewing tobacco) by, among other things, requiring health warnings on
smokeless tobacco packages and prohibiting the advertising of smokeless tobacco products on media subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). Since 1986,
other proposals have been made at the federal, state, and local levels for additional regulation of tobacco products. It is likely that additional proposals will be made in the coming years. For
example, the Prevent All Cigarette Trafficking Act (“PACT Act”) initially prohibited the use of the U.S. Postal Service to mail cigarette and smokeless tobacco products and also amended the
Jenkins Act, which established cigarette sales reporting requirements for state excise tax collection, to require individuals and businesses that make interstate sales of certain cigarette or
smokeless tobacco comply with state tax laws. The PACT Act was recently extended to also cover e-cigarette and related products. See “—Many of our NewGen and cigar products have not
obtained premarket authorization from the FDA, and are currently marketed pursuant to a policy of FDA enforcement discretion. There could be a material adverse impact on our NewGen
business development efforts if the FDA determines that our products are not subject to this compliance policy, or if our products become subject to increased regulatory compliance burdens
imposed by the FDA and other regulatory or legislative bodies.” for further details. Additional federal or state regulation relating to the manufacture, sale, distribution, advertising, labeling,
mandatory ingredients disclosure and nicotine yield information disclosure of tobacco products could reduce sales, increase costs, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, and financial condition.
On June 22, 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (the “Tobacco Control Act”) granted the FDA regulatory authority over tobacco products. The Act also amended the
Federal Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act, which governs how cigarettes can be advertised and marketed, as well as the Comprehensive Smokeless Tobacco Health Education Act
(“CSTHEA”), which governs how smokeless tobacco can be advertised and marketed. In addition to the FDA and FCC, we are subject to regulation by numerous other federal agencies,
including the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (“TTB”), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(“EPA”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”), the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) and the U.S. Center for Disease
Control and Prevention’s (“CDC”) Office on Smoking and Health. There have also been adverse legislative and political decisions and other unfavorable developments concerning cigarette
smoking and the tobacco industry, which we believe have received widespread public attention. The FDA has, and other governmental entities have, expressed concerns about the use of flavors
in tobacco products and an interest in significant regulation of such use, up to and including de facto bans in certain products. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate content, timing or
effect of any regulation of tobacco products by governmental bodies, nor can there be any assurance that potential corresponding declines in demand resulting from negative media attention
would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
22
Table of Contents
Our products are regulated by the FDA, which has broad regulatory powers.
Substantially all of our 2020 U.S. net sales are derived from the sale of products that are currently regulated by the FDA. The Tobacco Control Act grants the FDA broad regulatory authority
over the design, manufacture, sale, marketing and packaging of tobacco products. Among the regulatory powers conferred to the FDA under the Tobacco Control Act is the authority to impose
tobacco product standards that are appropriate for the protection of the public health, require manufacturers to obtain FDA review and authorization for the marketing of certain new or modified
tobacco products and impose various additional restrictions. Such restrictions may include requiring reduction or elimination of the use of particular constituents or components, requiring
product testing, or addressing other aspects of tobacco product construction, constituents, properties or labeling.
Specifically, the Tobacco Control Act (i) increases the number of health warnings required on cigarette and smokeless tobacco products, increases the size of warnings on packaging and in
advertising, requires the FDA to develop graphic warnings for cigarette packages, and grants the FDA authority to require new warnings, (ii) imposes restrictions on the sale and distribution of
tobacco products, including significant restrictions on tobacco product advertising and promotion as well as the use of brand and trade names, (iii) bans the use of “light,” “mild,” “low” or
similar descriptors on tobacco products, (iv) bans the use of “characterizing flavors” in cigarettes other than tobacco or menthol, (v) requires manufacturers to report ingredients and harmful
constituents and requires the FDA to disclose certain constituent information to the public, (vi) authorizes the FDA to require the reduction of nicotine and the potential reduction or elimination
of other constituents or additives, including menthol, (vii) establishes potentially expensive and time-consuming pre-market and “substantial equivalence” review pathways for tobacco products
that are considered new, (viii) gives the FDA broad authority to deny product applications thereby preventing the sale or distribution of the product subject to the application (and requiring such
product to be removed from the market, if applicable), and (ix) requires tobacco product manufacturers (and certain other entities) to register with the FDA.
The FDA charges user fees based on the USDA unit calculations pro-rated to the annualized FDA congressionally allocated budget. These fees only apply to certain products currently regulated
by the FDA, which include our core products (other than cigarette paper products), but we may in the future be required to pay such fees on more of our products, and we cannot accurately
predict which additional products may be subject to such fees or the magnitude of such fees, which could become significant.
Although the Tobacco Control Act prohibits the FDA from issuing regulations banning all cigarettes, all smokeless tobacco products, all little cigars, all cigars other than little cigars, all pipe
tobacco, or all roll-your-own tobacco, or requiring the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero, it is likely that regulations with the FDA promulgated pursuant to the Tobacco
Control Act could nonetheless result in a decrease in sales of these products in the U.S. We believe that such regulation could adversely affect our ability to compete against our larger
competitors, who may be able to more quickly and cost-effectively comply with these new rules and regulations. Our ability to gain efficient and timely market clearance for new tobacco
products, or even to keep existing products on the market, could also be affected by FDA rules, regulations and enforcement policies. Some of our currently marketed products that are subject to
FDA regulation will require marketing authorizations from the FDA for us to continue marketing them (e.g., pre-market or substantial equivalence marketing authorizations, as applicable to the
product), which we cannot guarantee we will be able to obtain. In addition, failure to comply with new or existing tobacco laws under which the FDA imposes regulatory requirements could
result in significant financial penalties and government investigations of us. To the extent we are unable to respond to, or comply with, new FDA regulations it could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Many of our products contain nicotine, which is considered to be a highly addictive substance.
Many of our products contain nicotine, a chemical that is considered to be highly addictive. The Tobacco Control Act empowers the FDA to regulate the amount of nicotine found in tobacco
products, but not to require the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero. Any FDA regulation, whether of nicotine levels or other product attributes, may require us to
reformulate, recall and/or discontinue certain of the products we may sell from time to time, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to market our products and have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are required to maintain cash amounts within an escrow account in order to be compliant with a settlement agreement between us and certain U.S. states and territories.
In November 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) and the Smokeless Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (“STMSA”) with
46 U.S. states and certain U.S. territories and possessions. Pursuant to the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, a “cigarette manufacturer” (which is defined to also include a manufacturer of
RYO/MYO cigarette tobacco) has the option of either becoming a signatory to the MSA, or, as we have elected, operating as a non-participating manufacturer (“NPM”) by funding and
maintaining an escrow account, with sub-accounts on behalf of each settling state. These NPM escrow accounts are governed by states’ escrow and complementary statutes that are generally
monitored by the Office of the State Attorney General. The statutes require NPM companies to deposit, on an annual basis, into qualified banks’ escrow funds based on the number of cigarettes
or cigarette equivalents, which is measured by pounds of RYO/MYO tobacco sold. NPM companies are, within specified limits, entitled to direct the investment of the escrowed funds and
withdraw any interest or appreciation, but cannot withdraw the principal for twenty-five years from the year of each annual deposit, except to withdraw funds deposited pursuant to an individual
state’s escrow statute to pay a final judgment to that state’s plaintiffs in the event of such a final judgment. The investment vehicles available to us are specified in the state escrow agreements
and are limited to low-risk government securities.
23
Table of Contents
Various states have enacted or proposed complementary legislation intended to curb the activity of certain manufacturers and importers of cigarettes or MYO tobacco that are selling into MSA
states without signing the MSA or who have failed to properly establish and fund a qualifying escrow account. We believe we have been fully compliant with all applicable laws, regulations, and
statutes, although compliance-related issues may, from time to time, be disruptive to our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and
financial condition.
Pursuant to the NPM escrow account statutes, in order to be compliant with the NPM escrow requirements, we are required to deposit such funds for each calendar year into a qualifying escrow
account by April 15 of the following year with each year’s deposit being released from escrow after 25 years. We discontinued our MYO tobacco line in the third quarter of 2017. During 2020
no monies were deposited into this qualifying escrow account. As of December 31, 2020, we had made deposits of approximately $32.1 million. Thus, pending a change in MSA legislation, we
have no remaining product lines covered by the MSA and will not be required to make future escrow deposits.
Although no such legislation has been proposed or enacted, future changes to the MSA, such as legislation that extends the MSA to products to which it does not currently apply or legislation
that limits the ability of companies to receive unused escrow funds after 25 years, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Despite the
amounts maintained and funded to the escrow account, compliance with the funding requirements for the escrow account does not necessarily prevent future federal and/or state regulations with
respect
Increases in tobacco-related taxes have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions.
Tobacco products, premium cigarette papers and tubes have long been subject to substantial federal, state and local excise taxes. Such taxes have frequently been increased or proposed to be
increased, in some cases significantly, to fund various legislative initiatives or further disincentivize tobacco usage. Since 1986, smokeless products have been subject to federal excise tax.
Federally, smokeless products are taxed by weight (in pounds or fractional parts thereof) manufactured or imported.
Since the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (“S-CHIP”) reauthorization in early 2009, which utilizes, among other things, taxes on tobacco products to fund health insurance coverage
for children, the federal excise tax increases adopted have been substantial and have materially reduced sales in the “roll your own” (“RYO”) /MYO cigarette smoking products market, and also
caused volume declines in other markets. Although the RYO/MYO cigarette smoking tobacco and related products market had been one of the fastest growing markets in the tobacco industry in
the five years prior to 2009, the reauthorization of S-CHIP increased the federal excise tax on RYO tobacco from $1.10 to $24.78 per pound, and materially reduced the MYO cigarette smoking
tobacco market in the U.S. There have not been any increases announced since 2009, but we cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to further increases, nor whether any such increases will
affect prices in a way that further deters consumers from purchasing our products and/or affects our net revenues in a way that renders us unable to compete effectively.
In addition to federal excise taxes, every state and certain city and county governments have imposed substantial excise taxes on sales of tobacco products, and many have raised or proposed to
raise excise taxes in recent years. Approximately one-half of the states tax MST on a weight-based versus ad valorem system of taxation. Additional states may consider adopting such revised tax
structures as well. Tax increases, depending on their parameters, may result in consumers switching between tobacco products or depress overall tobacco consumption, which is likely to result in
declines in overall sales volumes.
Any future enactment of increases in federal or state excise taxes on our tobacco products or rulings that certain of our products should be categorized differently for excise tax purposes could
adversely affect demand for our products and may result in consumers switching between tobacco products or a depression in overall tobacco consumption, which would have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
24
Table of Contents
The market for NewGen products is subject to a great deal of uncertainty and is still evolving.
Vaporizer products and electronic cigarettes, having recently been introduced to market over the past ten years, are at a relatively early stage of development, and represent core components of a
market that is evolving rapidly, highly regulated and characterized by a number of market participants. Rapid growth in the use of, and interest in, vaporizer products and electronic cigarettes is
recent, and may not continue on a lasting basis. The demand and market acceptance for these products is subject to a high level of uncertainty. Therefore, we are subject to all of the business
risks associated with a new enterprise in an evolving market. Continued evolution, uncertainty and the resulting increased risk of failure of our new and existing product offerings in this market
could have a material adverse effect on our ability to build and maintain market share and on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, there can be no assurance that we
will be able to continue to effectively compete in the NewGen products marketplace.
Many of our NewGen and cigar products have not obtained premarket authorization from the FDA and are currently marketed pursuant to a policy of FDA enforcement discretion.
There could be a material adverse impact on our NewGen business development efforts if the FDA determines that our products are not subject to this compliance policy, of if our
products become subject to increased regulatory compliance burdens imposed by the FDA and other regulatory or legislative bodies.
Since their introduction, there has been significant uncertainty regarding whether, how and when tobacco regulations would apply to NewGen products, such as electronic cigarettes or other
vaporizer products. Based on a decision in December 2010 by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit (the “Sottera decision”), the FDA is permitted to regulate electronic cigarettes
containing tobacco-derived nicotine as “tobacco products” under the Tobacco Control Act.
Effective August 8, 2016, FDA’s regulatory authority under the Tobacco Control Act was extended to all remaining tobacco products, including: (i) certain NewGen products (such as electronic
cigarettes, vaporizers and e-liquids) and their components or parts (such as tanks, coils and batteries); (ii) cigars and their components or parts (such as cigar tobacco); (iii) pipe tobacco; (iv)
hookah products; or (v) any other tobacco product “newly deemed” by FDA. These deeming regulations apply to all products made or derived from tobacco intended for human consumption,
but excluding accessories of tobacco products (such as lighters).
The deeming regulations require us to (i) register with the FDA and report product and ingredient listings; (ii) market newly deemed products only after FDA review and approval; (iii) only
make direct and implied claims of reduced risk if the FDA approves after finding that scientific evidence supports the claim and that marketing the product will benefit public health as a whole;
(iv) refrain from distributing free samples; (v) implement minimum age and identification restrictions to prevent sales to individuals under age 18; (vi) develop an approved warning plan and
include prescribed health warnings on packaging and advertisements; and (vii) refrain from selling the products in vending machines, unless the machine is located in a facility that never admits
youth. Newly deemed tobacco products are also subject to the other requirements of the Tobacco Control Act, such as that they not be adulterated or misbranded. The FDA could in the future
promulgate good manufacturing practice regulations for these and our other products, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability and the cost to manufacture our products.
Marketing authorizations will be necessary in order for us to continue our distribution of NewGen and cigar products. The FDA has announced a compliance policy whereby it does not intend to
prioritize enforcement for lack of premarket authorization against newly-deemed products, provided that such tobacco products were marketed as of August 8, 2016; are not marketed in certain
manners likely to be attractive to youth; and for which premarket applications were timely submitted. As a result of recent litigation and subsequent FDA Guidance, marketing applications for
newly-deemed products were required to have been submitted no later than September 9, 2020, with the exception of our “grandfathered” products (products in commerce as of February 15,
2007) which are already authorized. Under the FDA’s compliance policy, such products may remain on the market until September 9, 2021, unless the FDA makes an adverse determination prior
to that date.
In September 2020, we submitted applications on a timely basis for the appropriate authorizations for our products that are deemed products not otherwise grandfathered. We believe that these
products satisfy the criteria for current marketing pursuant to the FDA’s compliance policy. However, there can be no guarantee that the FDA will agree, and the FDA may bring an enforcement
action against our products for lack of premarket authorization and/or deny our premarket applications. We have no assurances that the outcome of such application review processes will result
in our products receiving marketing authorizations from the FDA. We also have certain previously regulated tobacco products which FDA removed from review but remain subject to
“provisional” substantial equivalence submissions made on March 22, 2011; however, FDA has the discretion to reinitiate review of these products. If the FDA establishes regulatory processes
that we are unable or unwilling to comply with, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.
The anticipated costs of complying with future FDA regulations will be dependent on the rules issued by the FDA, the timing and clarity of any new rules or guidance documents accompanying
these rules, the reliability and simplicity (or complexity) of the electronic systems utilized by FDA for information and reports to be submitted, and the details required by FDA for such
information and reports with respect to each regulated product. Failure to comply with existing or new FDA regulatory requirements could result in significant financial penalties and could have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to market and sell our products. Compliance and related costs could be substantial and could
significantly increase the costs of operating in our NewGen and cigar product markets.
25
Table of Contents
In addition, failure to comply with the Tobacco Control Act and with FDA regulatory requirements could result in litigation, criminal convictions or significant financial penalties and could
impair our ability to market and sell certain of our NewGen and cigar products. At present, we are not able to predict whether the Tobacco Control Act will impact our products to a greater
degree than competitors in the industry, thus affecting our competitive position.
Furthermore, in addition to the FDA, there are restrictions being proposed or in effect at the federal, state, and local level related to these products. For example, the PACT Act has now been
amended to apply to certain NewGen products, which has impacts at the federal and state levels. These requirements are in addition to any increased regulation of internet sales that may be in
effect or passed legislatively at the federal, state, or local levels, or promulgated via rulemaking by a government agency. Additionally, state attorneys general have monitored, and in some cases,
have issued investigative requests to companies that sell these products related to online sales, marketing practices, and other aspects of the NewGen business. Increased regulation of additives in
tobacco products through federal, state, or local governments may also adversely affect NewGen and cigar products. The application of these types of restrictions, and of any new laws or
regulations which may be adopted in the future, to these products could result in additional expenses and require us to change our advertising and labeling, and methods of marketing and
distribution of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Some of our products are subject to developing and unpredictable regulation.
Some of our NewGen products marketed through our Nu-X subsidiary and similar third-party products sold through our NewGen distribution vehicles may be subject to uncertain and evolving
federal, state and local regulations concerning hemp, CBD and other non-tobacco consumable products. Enforcement initiatives by those authorities are therefore unpredictable and impossible to
anticipate. We anticipate that all levels of government, which have not already done so, are likely to seek in some way to regulate these products, but the type, timing, and impact of such
regulations remains uncertain. These regulations include or could include restrictions including prohibitions on certain form factors, such as smokable hemp products, or age restrictions.
Accordingly, we cannot give any assurance that such actions would not have a material adverse effect on this emerging business.
Significant increases in state and local regulation of our NewGen products have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous
jurisdictions.
There has been increasing activity on the state and local levels with respect to scrutiny of NewGen products. State and local governmental bodies across the U.S. have indicated NewGen products
may become subject to new laws and regulations at the state and local levels. Further, some states and cities, have enacted regulations that require obtaining a tobacco retail license in order to sell
electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products. If one or more states from which we generate or anticipate generating significant sales of NewGen products bring actions to prevent us from selling
our NewGen products unless we obtain certain licenses, approvals or permits, and if we are not able to obtain the necessary licenses, approvals or permits for financial reasons or otherwise
and/or any such license, approval or permit is determined to be overly burdensome to us, then we may be required to cease sales and distribution of our products to those states, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Certain states and cities have already restricted the use of electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products in smoke-free venues, imposed excise taxes, or limited sales of flavored NewGen products.
Additional city, state or federal regulators, municipalities, local governments and private industry may enact additional rules and regulations restricting electronic cigarettes and vaporizer
products. Because of these restrictions, our customers may reduce or otherwise cease using our NewGen products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
If our NewGen products become subject to increased taxes it could adversely affect our business.
Presently the federal government and many states do not tax the sale of NewGen products like the sale of conventional cigarettes or other tobacco products, all of which generally have high tax
rates and have faced significant increases in the amount of taxes collected on their sales. In recent years, however, state and local governments have taken actions to move towards imposing
excise taxes on NewGen products. As of December 31, 2020, over half of the states and certain localities impose excise taxes on electronic cigarettes and/or liquid vapor. These tax structures
may benefit one type of NewGen product over another, which may result in consumers switching between NewGen products, other traditional tobacco products, or depress overall consumption
in general. Should federal, state and local governments and or other taxing authorities begin or continue to impose excise taxes similar to those levied against conventional cigarettes and tobacco
products on NewGen products, it may have a material adverse effect on the demand for these products, as consumers may be unwilling to pay the increased costs, which in turn could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
26
Table of Contents
Our supply to our wholesalers and retailers is dependent on the demands of their customers who are sensitive to increased sales taxes and economic conditions affecting their
disposable income.
Consumer purchases of tobacco products are historically affected by economic conditions, such as changes in employment, salary and wage levels, the availability of consumer credit, inflation,
interest rates, fuel prices, sales taxes, and the level of consumer confidence in prevailing and future economic conditions. Discretionary consumer purchases, such as of OTP, may decline during
recessionary periods or at other times when disposable income is lower, and taxes may be higher.
In addition, some states have begun collecting taxes on internet sales where companies have used independent contractors in those states to solicit sales from residents of those states. These taxes
apply to our online sales of NewGen products into those states and may result in reduced demand from the independent wholesalers who may not be able to absorb the increased taxes or
successfully pass them onto the end-user without experiencing reduced demand. Further, as a result of South Dakota v. Wayfair, states are now able to impose sales tax on internet purchases
made from out-of-state sellers, even if the seller does not have a physical presence in the taxing state. Consequently, additional states are likely to seek or have begun to impose sales tax on our
online sales. The requirement to collect, track and remit taxes may require us to increase our prices, which may affect demand for our products or conversely reduce our net profit margin, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be subject to increasing international control and regulation.
The World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (“FCTC”) is the first international public health treaty that establishes a global agenda to reduce initiation of
tobacco use and regulate tobacco in an effort to encourage tobacco cessation. Over 170 governments worldwide have ratified the FCTC. The FCTC has led to increased efforts to reduce the
supply and demand of tobacco products and to encourage governments to further regulate the tobacco industry. The tobacco industry expects significant regulatory developments to take place
over the next few years, driven principally by the FCTC. Regulatory initiatives that have been proposed, introduced or enacted include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the levying of substantial and increasing tax and duty charges;
restrictions or bans on advertising, marketing and sponsorship;
the display of larger health warnings, graphic health warnings and other labeling requirements;
restrictions on packaging design, including the use of colors and generic packaging;
restrictions or bans on the display of tobacco product packaging at the point of sale, and restrictions or bans on cigarette vending machines;
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and performance standards for tar, nicotine, carbon monoxide and other smoke constituents levels;
requirements regarding testing, disclosure and use of tobacco product ingredients;
increased restrictions on smoking in public and work places and, in some instances, in private places and outdoors;
elimination of duty-free allowances for travelers; and
encouraging litigation against tobacco companies.
If the U.S. becomes a signatory to the FCTC and/or national laws are enacted in the U.S. that reflect the major elements of the FCTC, our business, results of operations and financial condition
could be materially and adversely affected. If NewGen products become subject to one or more of the significant regulatory initiatives proposed under the FCTC, our NewGen products segment
may also be materially adversely affected.
As part of our strategy, we have begun strategic international expansions, such as introducing our moist snuff tobacco products in South America. This and other future expansions may subject
us to additional or increasing international regulation, either by the countries that are the object of the strategic expansion or through international regulatory regimes, such as the FCTC, to which
those countries may be signatories.
Canada and some Canadian provinces have restricted or are contemplating restrictions on the sales and marketing of electronic cigarettes. Furthermore, some Canadian provinces have limited the
use of electronic cigarettes and vaporizer products in public places. These measures, and any future measures taken to limit the marketing, sale and use of NewGen products may have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
To the extent our existing or future products become subject to international regulatory regimes that we are unable to comply with or fail to comply with, they may have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
27
Table of Contents
Our failure to comply with certain environmental, health and safety regulations could adversely affect our business.
The storage, distribution and transportation of some of the products that we sell are subject to a variety of federal and state environmental regulations. In addition, our manufacturing facilities are
similarly subject to federal, state and local environmental laws. We are also subject to operational, health and safety laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations
could cause a disruption in our business, an inability to maintain our manufacturing resources, and additional and potentially significant remedial costs and damages, fines, sanctions or other
legal consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Imposition of significant tariffs on imports into the U.S., could have a material and adverse effect on our business.
We are required to purchase all our cigarette papers, cigarette tubes and cigarette injector machines under the Distribution Agreements from the supplier in France. Additionally, a substantial
portion of our NewGen products are sourced from China. In 2018, President Trump and his administration imposed significant additional tariffs on certain goods imported from outside the U.S.,
and future administrations could impose additional tariffs in the future. These additional tariffs apply to a significant portion of our NewGen products and may result in increased prices for our
customers. These increased prices may reduce demand where customers are unable to absorb the increased prices or successfully pass them onto the end-user. If the U.S. were to impose
additional tariffs on goods we import, it is likely to make it more costly for us to import goods from other countries. While the new presidential administration has a desire to repeal some or all of
the tariffs imposed by the Trump administration, no assurance can be given that they will do so. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially
adversely affected.
The scientific community has not yet studied extensively the long-term health effects of certain substances contained in some of our products.
Electronic cigarettes, vaporizers and many of our NewGen products were recently developed and therefore the scientific community has not had a sufficient period of time to study the long-term
health effects of their use. Currently, there is no way of knowing whether these products are safe for their intended use. If the scientific community were to determine conclusively that use of any
or all of these products poses long-term health risks, market demand for these products and their use could materially decline. Such a determination could also lead to litigation and significant
regulation. Loss of demand for our product, product liability claims and increased regulation stemming from unfavorable scientific studies on these products could have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our intellectual property rights may be infringed or misappropriated.
We currently rely on trademark and other intellectual property rights to establish and protect our products, including the brand names and logos we own or license. Third parties have in the past
infringed on and misappropriated and may in the future infringe or misappropriate, these trademarks and our other intellectual property rights. Our ability to maintain and further build brand
recognition is dependent on the continued and exclusive use of these trademarks, service marks and other proprietary intellectual property rights, including the names and logos we own or
license. Despite our attempts to ensure these intellectual property rights are protected, third parties may take actions that could materially and adversely affect our rights or the value of this
intellectual property. Any enforcement concerning our intellectual property rights, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversions of our resources.
Expenses related to protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights, the loss or compromise of any of these rights or the loss of revenues as a result of infringement or misappropriation
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and may prevent the brands we own or license from growing or maintaining market share.
Third parties may claim that we infringe or misappropriate their intellectual property rights.
Competitors in the tobacco products and NewGen markets may claim that we infringe on or misappropriate their intellectual property rights. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result
in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, injunctions against us and/or the payment of damages. Further, our vapor distribution businesses distribute third party product
brands with those suppliers’ branding and imagery. If that branding or imagery is alleged by other parties to infringe or otherwise violate intellectual property rights, we could be drawn into such
litigation.
We are subject to significant product liability litigation.
The tobacco industry has experienced, and continues to experience, significant product liability litigation. Most tobacco liability lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of
cigarettes by individual plaintiffs, often participating on a class-action basis, for injuries allegedly caused by cigarette smoking or by exposure to cigarette smoke. However, several lawsuits have
also been brought against us and other manufacturers and sellers of smokeless products for injuries to health allegedly caused by use of smokeless products,. There are several such suits pending
against us with limited activity. In addition to the risks to our business, results of operations and financial condition resulting from adverse results in any such action, ongoing litigation may
divert management’s attention and resources, which could have an impact on our business and operations. We cannot predict with certainty the outcome of these claims and there can be no
assurance that we will not sustain losses in connection with such lawsuits and that such losses will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
28
Table of Contents
In addition to current and potential future claims related to our core tobacco products, we are subject to several lawsuits alleging personal injuries resulting from malfunctioning vaporizer devices
or consumption of e-liquids and may be subject to claims in the future relating to our other NewGen products. We are still evaluating these claims and the potential defenses to them. As a result
of their relative novelty, electronic cigarette and vaporizer product manufacturers and sellers have only recently become subject to litigation. We may see increasing litigation over NewGen
products or the regulation of our products, as the regulatory regimes surrounding these products develop. For a description of current material litigation to which we or our subsidiaries are a
party, see “Item 3. Legal Proceedings”.
As a result, we may face substantial costs due to increased product liability litigation relating to new regulations or other potential defects associated with NewGen products we ship, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The COVID-19 Pandemic and related economic repercussions may affect our business.
The COVID-19 pandemic and related economic repercussions have created significant volatility, uncertainty, and turmoil in businesses globally. While these events have not yet had a material
adverse effect on our business and B2C platforms like ours have seen elevated sales levels from consumer shifts to online purchasing, we can offer no assurance that the COVID-19 pandemic
will not have an adverse effect in the future, particularly if the pandemic worsens or endures for an extended period of time.
At the onset of the pandemic we implemented several changes to enhance safety and mitigate health risk in our work environment. For our warehouse and manufacturing operations, these
included split shifts, temperature scans, additional contactless hand sanitizing stations, protective equipment, social distancing guidelines, and increased cleaning and sanitization. These changes
resulted in higher operational costs, and as a result, we instituted cost savings programs to offset these increased costs. We also put a hold on new spending commitments as we cautiously
manage through this environment.
The COVID-19 pandemic may adversely impact our results. Our third-party cigar wrap manufacturer in the Dominican Republic was initially temporarily shut down, but after the initial
temporary shutdown, has been operating without interruption related to COVID-19. Our supply chain has remained operational otherwise, but we can offer no assurance that it will not be
adversely affected in the future, particularly as the COVID-19 pandemic continues to worsen.
If the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues for an extended period of time or worsens, it could have a material adverse effect on our supply chain or workforce, either of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity. In addition, if the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues it may heighten the other risks that could affect
our business.
Risks Related to Financial Results, Finances and Capital Structure
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness that could affect our financial condition.
As of February 15, 2021, we had $250 million in aggregate principal amount of our 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “Senior Secured Notes”) outstanding and had $172.5 million in
aggregate principal amount outstanding under our Convertible Senior Notes. We also have the ability to borrow up to $25 million under our new revolving credit facility entered into in February
2021 (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) under which only letters of credit of $3.6 million were outstanding as of February 15, 2021. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from
operations to service our debt, we may need to further refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to do any of this on
a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our substantial amount of indebtedness could limit our ability to:
obtain necessary additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes in the future;
plan for, or react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
•
•
• make future acquisitions or pursue other business opportunities;
•
•
react in an extended economic downturn; and
pay dividends.
29
Table of Contents
The terms of the agreement governing our indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations, which would adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business
and to manage our operations.
The indenture governing the Senior Notes and our New Revolving Credit Facility each contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that
impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:
incur additional debt, disqualified stock and preferred stock;
pay dividends and make other restricted payments;
create liens;
•
•
•
• make investments and acquisitions;
•
•
•
•
engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;
enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
enter into transactions with affiliates; and
transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions.
Our New Revolving Credit Facility also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios under certain limited circumstances. A failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios in our
debt instruments could result in an event of default under the such facility, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In the event
of any default under our debt instruments, the lenders under the facility could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such instruments to be due and payable and require us to apply all of
our available cash to repay these amounts. If the indebtedness under one of our debt instruments were to be accelerated, it could cause an event of default and a cross-acceleration of our
obligations under our other debt instruments and there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our status as an emerging growth company.
We will cease to be an emerging growth company on December 31, 2021 unless we lose such status earlier as a result of becoming a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the
Exchange Act. As a result, beginning on January 1, 2022 we will be required to comply with the disclosure requirements applicable to non-emerging growth companies, including the
requirement to obtain an auditor attestation of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”) as well as the
requirement to provide enhanced disclosure regarding executive compensation and hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. Compliance with these new disclosure
obligations could be costly and will require our management to devote increased effort toward ensuring compliance with the non-emerging growth company requirements. We cannot predict or
estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of the change in our status or the timing of such costs, though such costs may be substantial. In addition, if we are unable to
comply with the disclosure requirements applicable to non-EGCs in a timely manner we may be unable to file our current and periodic reports with the SEC on time, which could cause investors
to lose confidence in our reports.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
The reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors, potentially decreasing our stock price.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company which we will be until about December 31,
2021, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth Companies. Investors may
find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, which include but are not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the
requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, Section 107 of
the JOBS Act (“Section 107”) provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying
with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with the revised accounting standards.
If investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of exemptions and reduced disclosure requirements, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock
price may be more volatile or decrease.
30
Table of Contents
Our principal stockholders are able to exert significant influence over matters submitted to our stockholders and may take certain actions to prevent takeovers.
Certain funds managed by Standard General L.P. (together, “Standard General”) beneficially own approximately 31.5% of our stock. As a result of their holdings Standard General will continue
to be able to exert significant influence over our operations and business strategy as well as matters requiring stockholder approval. Standard General’s ownership position could also have the
effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other stockholders to approve transactions that they may
deem to be in the best interests of our company.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply against Standard General in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing
businesses or doing business with our customers. To the extent they invest in such other businesses, Standard General may have differing interests than our other stockholders. In addition,
Standard General is permitted to engage in business activities or invest in or acquire businesses which may compete with or do business with any competitors of ours.
Furthermore, Standard General is in the business of managing investment funds and therefore may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result,
such acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware law and certain regulations, could discourage or prohibit acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely
affect the market price of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. If our board of directors elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more
difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, some provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control
of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders, including:
•
•
•
•
•
limitations on the removal of directors;
limitations on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings;
limitations on stockholder action by written consent;
establishing advance notice provisions for stockholder proposals and nominations for elections to the board of directors to be acted upon at meetings of stockholders; and
limitations on the ability of our stockholders to fill vacant directorships or amend the number of directors constituting our board of directors.
Our certificate of incorporation limits the ownership of our common stock by individuals and entities that are Restricted Investors. These restrictions may affect the liquidity of our
common stock and may result in Restricted Investors being required to sell or redeem their shares at a loss or relinquish their voting, dividend and distribution rights.
For so long as we or one of our subsidiaries is party to any of the Distribution Agreements, our certificate of incorporation will limit the ownership of our common stock by any “Restricted
Investor” to 14.9% of our outstanding common stock and shares convertible or exchangeable therefor (including our non-voting common stock) (the “Permitted Percentage”). A “Restricted
Investor” is defined as: (i) any entity that directly or indirectly manufactures, sells, markets, distributes or otherwise promotes cigarette paper booklets, filter tubes, injector machines or filter tips
in the United States, the District of Columbia, the territories, possessions and military bases of the United States and the Dominion of Canada (a “RTI Competitor”), (ii) any entity that owns more
than a 20% equity interest in any RTI Competitor, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or officer of, or any entity that has the right to appoint an officer or director of, any RTI Competitor
or of any entity that owns more than a 20% equity interest in any RTI Competitor (each, a “Restricted Investor”). Our certificate of incorporation further provides that any issuance or transfer of
shares to a Restricted Investor in excess of the Permitted Percentage will be ineffective as against us and that neither we nor our transfer agent will register the issuance or transfer of shares or be
required to recognize the transferee or owner as a holder of our common stock for any purpose except to exercise our remedies described below. Any shares in excess of the Permitted Percentage
in the hands of a Restricted Investor will not have any voting or dividend rights and are subject to redemption by us in our discretion. The liquidity or market value of the shares of our common
stock may be adversely impacted by such transfer restrictions.
As a result of the above provisions, a proposed transferee of our common stock that is a Restricted Investor may not receive any return on its investment in shares it purchases or owns, as the
case may be, and it may sustain a loss. We are entitled to redeem all or any portion of such shares acquired by a Restricted Investor in excess of the Permitted Percentage (“Excess Shares”) at a
redemption price based on a fair market value formula that is set forth in our certificate of incorporation, which may be paid in any form, including cash or promissory notes, at our discretion.
Excess Shares not yet redeemed will not be accorded any voting, dividend or distribution rights while they constitute Excess Shares. As a result of these provisions, a stockholder who is a
Restricted Investor may be required to sell its shares of our common stock at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on its investment in such shares. However, we may not
be able to redeem Excess Shares for cash because our operations may not have generated sufficient excess cash flow to fund the redemption and we may incur additional indebtedness to fund all
or a portion of such redemption, in which case our financial condition may be materially weakened.
31
Table of Contents
Our certificate of incorporation permits us to require that owners of any shares of our common stock provide certification of their status as a Restricted Investor. In the event that a person does
not submit such documentation, our certificate of incorporation provides us with certain remedies, including the suspension of the payment of dividends and distributions with respect to shares
held by such person and deposit of any such dividends and distributions into an escrow account. As a result of non-compliance with these provisions, an owner of the shares of our common stock
may lose significant rights associated with those shares.
Although our certificate of incorporation contains the above provisions intended to assure compliance with the restrictions on ownership of our common stock by Restricted Investors, we may
not be successful in monitoring or enforcing the provisions. A failure to enforce or otherwise maintain compliance could lead RTI to exercise its termination rights under the agreements, which
would have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and its results of operations.
In addition to the risks described above, the foregoing restrictions could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or
that might otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
Future sales of our common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may
dilute our stockholders.
We may sell additional shares of common stock in public or private offerings. We may also issue additional shares of common stock or convertible securities. We may also be required to issue
common stock and conversion of our convertible senior notes at the exercise or vesting of certain awards.
We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common
stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that
such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.
We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations
and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of
preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in
all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of
preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock.
General Risks
Our business may be damaged by events outside of our suppliers’ control, such as the impact of epidemics (e.g., coronavirus), political upheavals, or natural disasters.
We have critical suppliers of raw materials and finished products in other countries where events may prevent them from performing their obligations to us, through no fault of any party.
Examples of such events could include the effect of potential epidemics, such as coronavirus; political upheavals including violent changes in government, widespread labor unrest, or
breakdowns in civil order; and natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes or floods. If such events were to occur and disrupt our supply arrangements, there can be no assurance that we
could quickly replace the supply and there could be a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Reliance on information technology means a significant disruption could affect our communications and operations.
We increasingly rely on information technology systems for our internal communications, controls, reporting and relations with customers and suppliers and information technology is becoming
a significantly important tool for our sales staff. Our marketing and distribution strategy are dependent upon our ability to closely monitor consumer and market trends on a highly specified level,
for which we are reliant on our highly sophisticated data tracking systems, which are susceptible to disruption or failure. In addition, our reliance on information technology exposes us to cyber-
security risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete. Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers or may disrupt our
relationships and ongoing transactions with other entities with whom we contract throughout our supply chain. The failure of our information systems to function as intended, or the penetration
by outside parties’ intent on disrupting business processes, could result in significant costs, loss of revenue, assets or personal or other sensitive data and reputational harm.
32
Table of Contents
Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers.
Federal and state laws require us to safeguard our wholesalers’, retailers’ and consumers’ financial information, including credit information. Although we have established security procedures to
protect against identity theft and the theft of our customers’ financial information, our security and testing measures may not prevent security breaches. We have been in the past and may again in
the future be subject to cyberattacks, including attacks that have resulted in the theft of customer financial information, such as credit card information; however, no cyberattack we have suffered
to date has resulted in material liability to us. We cannot guarantee that a future breach would not result in material liability or otherwise harm our business. In the event of any such breach, we
may be required to notify governmental authorities or consumers under breach disclosure laws, indemnify consumers or other third parties for losses resulting from the breach, and expend
resources investigating and remediating any vulnerabilities that contributed to the occurrence of the breach. Typically, we rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third
parties to enhance transmission security of confidential information in relation to financial and other sensitive information that we have on file. Advances in computer capabilities, new
discoveries in the field of cryptography, inadequate facility security or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect customer data. Any
compromise of our security, even a security breach that does not result in a material liability could harm our reputation and therefore, our business and financial condition. In addition, a party
who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other effects, misappropriate proprietary information, cause interruptions in our
operations or expose customers and other entities with which we interact to computer viruses or other disruptions. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us. While we
maintain cyber errors and omissions insurance that covers certain cyber risks, our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all claims or losses. To the extent the measures we have taken
prove to be insufficient or inadequate, we may become subject to litigation or administrative sanctions, which could result in significant fines, penalties or damages and harm to our reputation.
We may fail to manage our growth.
We have expanded over our history and intend to grow in the future. We acquired the Stoker’s® brand in 2003 and have continued to develop it through the introduction of new products, such as
moist snuff. Our acquisition of the Vapor Beast® brand in 2016 accelerated our entry into non-traditional retail channels while the 2018 acquisition of IVG added a top B2C platform which
enhances our marketing and selling of proprietary and third-party vapor products to adult consumers. More recently, the acquisition of Solace provided us with a leading line of e-liquids and a
powerful new product development platform, and the acquisition of certain tobacco assets and distribution rights from Durfort and BluntWrap USA secured long-term control of our Zig-Zag
MYO cigar wrap products and provided us access to a deep portfolio of tobacco products with significant strategic value. However, any future growth will place additional demands on our
resources, and we cannot be sure we will be able to manage our growth effectively. If we are unable to manage our growth while maintaining the quality of our products and profit margins, or if
new systems that we implement to assist in managing our growth do not produce the expected benefits, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely
affected. We may not be able to support, financially or otherwise, future growth, or hire, train, motivate and manage the required personnel. Our failure to manage growth effectively could also
limit our ability to achieve our goals as they relate to streamlined sales, marketing and distribution operations and the ability to achieve certain financial metrics.
We may fail to successfully integrate our acquisitions or otherwise be unable to benefit from pursuing acquisitions.
We believe there are meaningful opportunities to grow through acquisitions and joint ventures across all OTP product categories and we expect to continue a strategy of selectively identifying
and acquiring businesses with complementary products. We may be unable to identify, negotiate, and complete suitable acquisition opportunities on reasonable terms. There can be no assurance
that any business acquired by us will be successfully integrated with our operations or prove to be profitable to us. We may incur future liabilities related to acquisitions. Should any of the
following problems, or others, occur as a result of our acquisition strategy, the impact could be material:
•
•
•
•
•
difficulties integrating personnel from acquired entities and other corporate cultures into our business;
difficulties integrating information systems;
the potential loss of key employees of acquired companies;
the assumption of liabilities and exposure to undisclosed or unknown liabilities of acquired companies; or
the diversion of management attention from existing operations
33
Table of Contents
We are subject to fluctuations in our results that make it difficult to track trends and develop strategies in the short-term.
In response to competitor actions and pricing pressures, we have engaged in significant use of promotional and sales incentives. We regularly review the results of our promotional spending
activities and adjust our promotional spending programs in an effort to maintain our competitive position. Accordingly, unit sales volume and sales promotion costs in any period are not
necessarily indicative of sales and costs that may be realized in subsequent periods. Additionally, promotional activity significantly increases net sales in the month in which it is initiated, and net
sales are adversely impacted in the month after a promotion. Accordingly, based upon the timing of our marketing and promotional initiatives, we have and may continue to experience
significant variability in our results, which could affect our ability to formulate strategies that allow us to maintain our market presence across volatile periods. If our fluctuations obscure our
ability to track important trends in our key markets, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to the risks of exchange rate fluctuations.
Currency movements and suppliers’ price increases relating to premium cigarette papers and cigarette tubes are the primary factors affecting our cost of sales. These products are purchased under
the Distribution Agreements and the License Agreements, and we make payments in euros. Thus, we bear certain foreign exchange rate risk for certain of our inventory purchases. In addition, as
part of our strategy, we have begun strategic international expansions. As a result, we may be more sensitive to the risks of exchange rate fluctuations. To manage this risk, we sometimes utilize
short-term forward currency contracts to purchase euros for our inventory purchases. We have a foreign exchange currency policy which governs our hedging of risk. While we engage in
hedging transactions from time to time, no assurance can be made that we will be successful in eliminating currency exchange risks or that changes in currency rates will not have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Adverse U.S. and global economic conditions could negatively impact our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Our business and operations are sensitive to global economic conditions. These conditions include interest rates, energy costs, inflation, recession, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets
and the general condition of the U.S. and world economy, including as a result of the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic. A material decline in the economic conditions affecting consumers,
which cause a reduction in disposable income for the average consumer, may change consumption patterns, and may result in a reduction in spending on OTP or a switch to cheaper products or
products obtained through illicit channels. Electronic cigarettes, vaporizer, e-liquid, and other NewGen products are relatively new to market and may be regarded by users as a novelty item and
expendable. As such, demand for our NewGen products may be particularly sensitive to economic conditions such as inflation, recession, high energy costs, unemployment, changes in interest
rates and money supply, changes in the political environment, the ultimate effect on the economy of the COVID-19 pandemic and other factors beyond our control, any combination of which
could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The departure of key management personnel and the failure to attract and retain talent could adversely affect our operations.
Our success depends upon the continued contributions of our senior management. Our ability to implement our strategy of attracting and retaining the best talent may be impaired by the
decreasing social acceptance of tobacco usage. The tobacco industry competes for talent with the consumer products industry and other companies that enjoy greater societal acceptance. As a
result, we may be unable to attract and retain the best talent, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may fail to meet expectations relating to environmental, social and governance factors.
Market participants, including investors, analysts, customers and other key stakeholders are increasingly focused on environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) factors. We have recently
determined to adopt a more comprehensive ESG initiative with an initial focus on public health and began to roll-out this new initiative in 2020. However, the ESG factors by which companies’
corporate responsibility practices are assessed differ among market participants, are constantly evolving and could result in greater expectations of us and/or cause us to undertake costly
initiatives to satisfy such new criteria. We risk damage to our brand and reputation in the event that our corporate responsibility procedures or standards do not meet the standards expected by us.
Furthermore, we could fail, or be perceived to fail, in our achievement of our publicly disclosed ESG initiatives or goals and we could also be criticized for the scope of such initiatives or goals.
If we fail to satisfy the expectations of investors and other key stakeholders or our initiatives are not executed as planned, our reputation and financial results could be materially and adversely
affected.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
34
Table of Contents
Item 2. Properties
As of December 31, 2020, we operated manufacturing, distribution, office, and warehouse space in the U.S., all of which is leased with the exception of our Dresden, Tennessee, manufacturing
facility which is owned. To provide a cost-efficient supply of products to our customers, we maintain centralized management of internal manufacturing and nationwide distribution facilities.
Our two manufacturing and distribution facilities located in Louisville, Kentucky and Sheperdsville, Kentucky are used by all our segments. Our third manufacturing and distribution facilities
located in Dresden, Tennessee is used by our Stoker’s Product segment. We believe our facilities are generally adequate for our current and anticipated future use.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, please see Contingencies in Note 18 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Also see ‘Risk Factors—We are subject to significant product liability litigation’ for additional details.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Information about our Executive Officers
Listed below are the executive officers of the Company. Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships between
any of the executive officers, and there is no arrangement or understanding between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which the executive officer was selected.
Lawrence S. Wexler, age 68, has served as our President and CEO since June 2009 and as President and Chief Operating Officer of NATC, our primary operating subsidiary since June 2006.
Prior to June 2006, Mr. Wexler had been the Chief Operating Officer of NATC since June 2005, and prior to that, the President and Chief Operating Officer of one of our other subsidiaries since
December 2003. Mr. Wexler was a consultant to a number of emerging marketing, communication, and financial companies, advising them on financial, marketing and strategic matters, at times
in an operating role, from 1998 to 2003. From 1977 to 1998, he was employed by Philip Morris, USA in various positions in the Sales, Marketing, and Finance Departments. As Group Director,
Discount Brands, his group introduced the Basic and Alpine brands. He served as Senior Vice President of Marketing from 1992 to 1993 and Senior Vice President Finance, Planning, and
Information Services from 1993 until his departure in 1998. Mr. Wexler holds a Bachelor of Science in administrative science from Yale and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford.
Graham Purdy, age 49, was appointed as Chief Operating Officer in November 2019 after serving as President of our New Ventures Division since December 2017. Mr. Purdy joined us in 2004
and has held various leadership positions since that time. Prior to joining us, Mr. Purdy spent 7 years at Philip Morris, USA where he served in senior sales and sales management positions. Mr.
Purdy holds a Bachelor of Arts from California State University, Chico.
Robert Lavan, age 38, joined us as Chief Financial Officer in March 2018. Prior to that he had served as a consultant for us since January 2018. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Lavan was the
Chief Financial Officer of General Wireless Operations from January 2017 to January 2018, where he was responsible for revamping the company’s financial reporting systems and building a
robust distribution platform that linked multiple eCommerce sites and Amazon. From 2014 until Mr. Lavan’s appointment as Chief Financial Officer of General Wireless Operations, Mr. Lavan
served as an analyst for Standard General LP, a New York-based investment firm that is a significant shareholder of TPB. Before that, Mr. Lavan worked at SAC Capital and J. Goldman & Co.
LP in various analyst and portfolio manager roles covering a wide range of industries. He began his career at The Blackstone Group. Mr. Lavan holds a Bachelor of Science in engineering from
the University of Pennsylvania.
Brittani N. Cushman, age 36, has been our Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary since November 2020 and has served in various roles in our legal department since joining us in
October 2014. Prior to joining us, Ms. Cushman spent five years at Xcaliber International, Ltd., L.L.C., where she was most recently the General Counsel, responsible for all legal affairs. Ms.
Cushman holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration in business management from the University of Tulsa and a J.D. from Washington and Lee University School of Law.
35
Table of Contents
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
The principal stock exchange on which Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s common stock (par value $0.01 per share) is listed is the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TPB.” At February
15, 2021, there were 148 holders of record of Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s common stock.
Dividends. On November 9, 2017, our Board of Directors approved the initiation of a cash dividend to shareholders. The initial quarterly dividend of $0.04 per common share was paid on
December 15, 2017 to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 27, 2017. The most recent dividend of $0.05 per common share, an increase of approximately 25%, was paid
on January 8, 2021, to shareholders of record at the close of business on December 18, 2020. Future dividend amounts will be considered after reviewing financial results and capital needs and
will be declared at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors.
Performance graph. The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return of Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s common stock since our initial public offering on May 11, 2016, with the
Russell 3000 Index and the S&P Small Cap 600 Consumer Staples Index. The information presented assumes an initial investment of $100 on May 11, 2016, and that all dividends were
reinvested. The cumulative returns shown represent the value that these investments would have had on December 31, 2020.
Issuer purchases of equity securities.
On February 25, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $50.0 million share repurchase program, which is intended for opportunistic execution based upon a variety of factors
including market dynamics. This share repurchase program has no expiration date and is subject to the ongoing discretion of the Board. All repurchases to date under our stock repurchase
programs have been made through open market transactions. Future repurchases may be made by open market purchases, privately-negotiated transactions, block purchases or otherwise in
accordance with applicable federal securities laws.
36
Table of Contents
The following table includes information regarding purchases of our common stock made by us during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 in connection with the repurchase program described
above:
Period
October 1 to October 31
November 1 to November 30
December 1 to December 31
Total
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
Average
Price Paid
per Share
$
$
$
12,117
12,050
74,684
98,851
30.75
38.34
43.31
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
-
12,050
47,660
59,710
Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value)
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
42,334,145
41,872,148
39,807,994
(1) The total number of shares purchased includes (a) shares purchased under the February 2020 share repurchase program (which totaled 12,050 shares in
November and 47,660 shares in December) and (b) shares withheld by the Company in an amount equal to the statutory withholding taxes for holders who
vested in stock-based awards (which totaled 12,117 shares in October and 27,024 shares in December).
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
None
37
Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion of the historical financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying
notes, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, this discussion includes forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that may result in
actual results differing from statements we make. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Factors that could cause actual results to differ include those risks and
uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors.”
The following discussion relates to the audited financial statements of Turning Point Brands, Inc., included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In this discussion, unless the context
requires otherwise, references to “our Company” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to Turning Point Brands, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “TPB” refer to Turning Point
Brands, Inc., without any of its subsidiaries. We were incorporated in 2004 under the name North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. On November 4, 2015, we changed our name to Turning Point
Brands, Inc. Many of the amounts and percentages in this discussion have been rounded for convenience of presentation.
Overview
We are a leading manufacturer, marketer and distributor of branded consumer products. We sell a wide range of products to adult consumers consisting of staple products with our iconic brands
Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® to our next generation products to fulfill evolving consumer preferences. Among other markets, we compete in the alternative smoking accessories and Other Tobacco
Products (“OTP”) industries. The alternative smoking accessories market is a dynamic market experiencing robust secular growth driven by cannabinoid legalization in the U.S. and Canada and
positively evolving consumer perception and acceptance in North America. The OTP industry, which consists of non-cigarette tobacco products, exhibited low double-digit consumer unit growth
in 2020 as reported by Management Science Associates, Inc. (“MSAi”), a third-party analytics and information company. Our three focus segments are led by our core, proprietary brands: Zig-
Zag® in the Zig-Zag Products segment; Stoker’s® along with Beech-Nut® and Trophy® in the Stoker’s Products segment; and Nu-XTM and Solace® along with our distribution platforms (Vapor
Beast®, VaporFi® and Direct Vapor®) in the NewGen Products segment. Our businesses generate solid cash flow which we use to finance acquisitions, increase brand support, expand our
distribution infrastructure, and strengthen our capital position. We currently ship to approximately 800 distributors with an additional 200 secondary, indirect wholesalers in the U.S. that carry
and sell our products. Under the leadership of a senior management team with extensive experience in the consumer products, alternative smoking accessories and tobacco industries, we have
grown and diversified our business through new product launches, category expansions, and acquisitions while concurrently improving operational efficiency.
We have identified additional growth opportunities in the emerging alternatives market. In January 2019, we established Nu-X, a new wholly owned subsidiary dedicated to the development,
production and sale of alternative products and acquisitions in related spaces. The creation of Nu-X allows us to leverage our expertise in traditional OTP management to grow our presence in
alternative products. Our management team has extensive experience navigating federal, state and local regulations that are directly applicable to the growing alternatives market. In July 2019,
we acquired the assets of Solace. Solace is an innovative product development company which established one of the top e-liquid brands and has since grown into a leader in alternative products.
Solace’s legacy and innovation will enhance Nu-X’s strong and nimble development engine.
We believe there are meaningful opportunities to grow through acquisitions and joint ventures across all product categories. As of December 31, 2020, our products are available in
approximately 190,000 U.S. retail locations which, with the addition of retail stores in Canada, brings our total North American retail presence to an estimated 210,000 points of distribution. Our
sales team targets widespread distribution to all traditional retail channels, including convenience stores, and we have a growing e-commerce business.
To better align with our positioning as a branded consumer products company and to highlight the strength of our focus brands, we have renamed our core business segments from Smoking
Products to Zig-Zag Products and Smokeless Products to Stoker’s Products. Historical financial results are not impacted by the segment name change.
Products
We operate in three segments: Zig-Zag Products, Stoker’s Products and NewGen Products. In our Zig-Zag Products segment, we principally market and distribute (i) rolling papers, tubes, and
related products; and (ii) finished cigars and make-your-own (“MYO”) cigar wraps. In our Stoker’s Products segment, we (i) manufacture and market moist snuff tobacco (“MST”) and (ii)
contract for and market loose leaf chewing tobacco products. In our NewGen Products segment, we (i) market and distribute CBD, liquid vapor products and certain other products without
tobacco and/or nicotine; (ii) distribute a wide assortment of products to non-traditional retail via VaporBeast; and (iii) market and distribute a wide assortment of products to individual
consumers via the VaporFi B2C online platform. Refer to the ‘Recent Developments’ section below for details regarding the ReCreation Marketing investment.
38
Table of Contents
Our portfolio of brands includes some of the most widely recognized names in the alternative smoking accessories and OTP industries, such as Zig-Zag®, Stoker’s®, Vapor Beast® and
VaporFi®. The following table sets forth the market share and category rank of our core products and demonstrates their industry positions:
Brand
Zig-Zag®
Zig-Zag®
Stoker’s®
Stoker’s®
Product
Cigarette Papers
MYO Cigar Wraps
Moist Snuff
Chewing Tobacco
TPB Segment
Zig-Zag Products
Zig-Zag Products
Stoker’s Products
Stoker’s Products
Market Share(1)
Category Rank(1)
34.0%
63.0%
5.2%
24.4%
#1 premium, #1 overall
#1 overall
#3 discount, #6 overall
#1 discount, #2 overall
(1) Market share and category rank data for all products are derived from MSAi data 52 weeks endeding 12/26/20.
Operations
We subscribe to a sales tracking system from MSAi that records all OTP product shipments (ours as well as those of our competitors) from approximately 900 wholesalers to over 250,000
traditional retail stores in the U.S. This system enables us to understand individual product share and volume trends across multiple categories down to the individual retail store level, allowing
us to allocate field salesforce coverage to the highest opportunity stores. Our sales and marketing group of approximately 180 professionals utilize the MSAi system to efficiently target markets
and sales channels with the highest sales potential.
Our core Zig-Zag Products and Stoker’s Products segments primarily generate revenues from the sale of our products to wholesale distributors who, in turn, resell the products to retail
operations. Our acquisition of VaporBeast in 2016 expanded our revenue streams as we began selling directly to non-traditional retail outlets. Our acquisition of IVG in 2018 enhanced our B2C
revenue stream with the addition of the Vapor-Fi online platform. The acquisition of Solace provided us with a line of leading liquids and a powerful new product development platform. Our net
sales, which include federal excise taxes, consist of gross sales net of cash discounts, returns, and selling and marketing allowances.
We rely on long-standing relationships with high-quality, established manufacturers to provide the majority of our produced products. More than 80% of our production, as measured by net
sales, is outsourced to suppliers. The remaining production consists primarily of our moist snuff tobacco operations located in Dresden, Tennessee, and Louisville, Kentucky. Our principal
operating expenses include the cost of raw materials used to manufacture the limited number of our products which we produce in-house; the cost of finished products, which are generally
purchased goods; federal excise taxes; legal expenses; and compensation expenses, including benefits and costs of salaried personnel. Our other principal expenses include interest expense and
other expenses.
Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
We consider the following to be the key factors affecting our results of operations:
Our ability to further penetrate markets with our existing products;
Our ability to introduce new products and product lines that complement our core business;
Decreasing interest in tobacco products among consumers;
Price sensitivity in our end-markets;
•
•
•
•
• Marketing and promotional initiatives, which cause variability in our results;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
General economic conditions, including consumer access to disposable income;
Cost and increasing regulation of promotional and advertising activities;
Cost of complying with regulation, including “deeming regulation”;
Counterfeit and other illegal products in our end-markets;
Currency fluctuations;
Our ability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities; and
Our ability to integrate acquisitions.
39
Table of Contents
Recent Developments
COVID-19 Impact
As a result of the extraordinary situation caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, our focus is on the safety and well-being of our colleagues and the communities and customers we serve. As an
organization, we have implemented several changes to enhance safety and mitigate health risk in our work environment. For our warehouse and manufacturing operations, these include split
shifts, temperature scans, additional contactless hand sanitizing stations, protective equipment, social distancing guidelines, and increased cleaning and sanitization. These changes resulted in
higher operational costs related to maintaining a safer work environment and fulfilling orders.
We canceled all unnecessary travel and facilitated telecommuting where possible. Like many companies, we have changed the way we communicate through increased use of videoconferencing
and have implemented tele-selling initiatives through our sales force. Some of these changes that are proving to be efficient are likely to remain in-place even after the restrictions caused by the
pandemic are lifted and will lead to on-going cost savings. We have also put a hold on new spending commitments as we cautiously manage through this environment.
We hired additional employees in our Louisville facility and implemented temporary wage increases for our hourly employees to meet increased demand. We shifted production capacity to
manufacture hand sanitizers and have donated bottles to hospitals, nursing homes and first responders in our local communities.
COVID-19 may impact our results. Our third-party cigar wrap manufacturer in the Dominican Republic was temporarily shut down. Our supply chain has remained operational otherwise. Select
budgeted annual price increases will be delayed. Our B2C platforms have seen elevated sales levels from consumer shifts to online purchasing, and we gained market share. We continue to
monitor this challenging environment closely and will make necessary adjustments as needed to make sure we are serving our employees and customers, while also protecting the safety of
employees and communities.
Durfort Holdings
In June 2020, the Company purchased certain tobacco assets and distribution rights from Durfort Holdings S.R.L. (“Durfort”) and Blunt Wrap USA for $47.7 million in total consideration,
comprised of $37.7 million in cash, including $1.7 million of capitalized transaction costs, and a $10.0 million unsecured subordinated promissory note (“Promissory Note”). With this
transaction, the Company acquired co-ownership in the intellectual property rights of all of Durfort’s and Blunt Wrap USA’s Homogenized Tobacco Leaf (“HTL”) cigar wraps and cones. The
Company also entered into an exclusive Master Distribution Agreement to market and sell the original Blunt Wrap® cigar wraps within the USA effective October 9, 2020. Durfort is an industry
leader in alternative cigar and cigar wrap manufacturing and distribution. Blunt Wrap USA has been an innovator of new products in the smoking alternative market since 1997 and has secured
patents in the USA and internationally for novel smoking wrappers and cones.
Standard Diversified Inc. (“SDI”)
In July, 2020, we completed our merger with SDI, whereby SDI was merged into a wholly-owned subsidiary of TPB in a tax-free downstream merger. Under the terms of the merger, the holders
of SDI’s Class A Common Stock and SDI’s Class B Common Stock (collectively, “SDI Common Stock”) received in the aggregate, in return for their SDI Common Stock, TPB Voting Common
Stock (“TPB Common Stock”) at a ratio of 0.52095 shares of TPB Common Stock for each share of SDI Common Stock. SDI divested its assets prior to close of the merger such that SDI’s net
liabilities at closing were minimal and the only assets that it retained were its remaining TPB Common Stock holdings. In addition, 244,214 shares of TPB Common Stock were retired in the
transaction. As a result of the transaction, we no longer have a controlling shareholder, our public float of shares outstanding was significantly improved and we eliminated the overhang of a
controlling holding company structure.
Premarket Tobacco Applications
We submitted Premarket Tobacco Applications (“PMTAs”) covering 250 products to the FDA prior to the September 9, 2020 filing deadline. The PMTAs cover a broad assortment of products
in the vapor category including multiple proprietary e-liquid offerings in varying nicotine strengths, technologies and sizes; proprietary replacement parts and components of open system tank
devices through partnerships with two leading manufacturers for exclusive distribution of products in the United States; and a closed system e-cigarette.
Wild Hempettes LLC
On October 1, 2020, we acquired a 20% stake in Wild Hempettes LLC (“Wild Hempettes”), a leading manufacturer of hemp cigarettes under the WildHemp™ and Hempettes™ brands, for $2.5
million. We have options to increase our stake to a 100% ownership position based on certain milestones. As part of the transaction, the Wild Hempettes joint venture was spun off from Crown
Distributing LLC and formed as a vehicle for us to be the exclusive distributor of Hempettes™ to U.S. bricks and mortar retailers under a profit-sharing arrangement.
40
Table of Contents
Sale of Vapor Shark Retail Assets
On October 1, 2020, we sold the assets of our remaining seven Vapor Shark retail stores in Oklahoma. We will receive monthly royalties over the next 4 years as consideration for the assets. Net
sales and gross profit related to these stores were $2.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020.
dosistTM
On October 26, 2020, we invested $15.0 million in dosistTM, a global cannabinoid company, with an option to invest an additional $15.0 million on pre-determined terms over the next 12
months. We received a warrant to receive preferred shares of dosistTM that will automatically be exercised upon the changing of federal laws in the United States, rescheduling cannabis and/or
permitting the general cultivation, distribution and possession of cannabis.
ReCreation Marketing Investment
In July 2019 we obtained a 30% stake in Canadian distribution entity, ReCreation Marketing (“ReCreation”) for $1.0 million paid at closing. In November 2020, we invested an additional $3.0
million increasing our ownership interest to 50%. We received board seats aligned with our ownership position. We also provided a $2.0 million unsecured loan to ReCreation bearing interest at
8% per annum and maturing November 19, 2022. The Company has determined that ReCreation is a VIE due its required subordinated financial support. The Company has determined it is the
primary beneficiary due its 50% equity interest, additional subordinated financing and distribution agreement with ReCreation for the sale of the Company’s products. As a result, the Company
began consolidating ReCreation effective November 2020.
ReCreation is a specialty marketing and distribution firm focused on building brands in the Canadian alternative smoking accessories, tobacco and other alternative products categories.
ReCreation’s management has significant expertise in marketing and distributing alternative smoking accessories and tobacco products throughout Canada. ReCreation’s management and
advisory team has over 50 years combined experience building and managing a portfolio of premium brands, all supported by an expert team of sales associates working across Canada to
provide service to over 30,000 traditional retail outlets and newly constructed cannabis dispensaries.
Senior Secured Notes and New Revolving Credit Facility
On February 11, 2021, the Company closed a private offering (the “Offering”) of $250 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “Senior Secured
Notes”). The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.625% and will mature on February 15, 2026. The Company used the proceeds from the Offering (i) to repay all obligations under
and terminate the 2018 First Lien Term Loan and 2018 First Lien Revolver, (ii) to pay related fees, costs, and expenses and (iii) for general corporate purposes.
In connection with the Offering, the Company also entered into a new $25 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”). The Company did not draw any
borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility on the effective date of the facility but did have letters of credit of approximately $3.6 million outstanding. The New Revolving Credit
Facility will mature on August 11, 2025 if none of the Company’s Convertible Senior Notes are outstanding, and if any Convertible Senior Notes are outstanding, the date which is 91 days prior
to the maturity date of July 15, 2024 for such Convertible Senior Notes.
See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Long-Term Debt” for additional information.
Critical Accounting Policies and Uses of Estimates
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. When more than one accounting
principle, or the method of its application, is generally accepted, we select the principle or method that is appropriate in the specific circumstances. Application of these accounting principles
requires us to make estimates about the future resolution of existing uncertainties. Actual results could differ from these estimates. We evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue
recognition, collectability of accounts receivable, inventory valuation and obsolescence, goodwill, intangibles, income taxes, litigation, and contingencies on an ongoing basis. We base these
estimates on our historical experience and other assumptions we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. In preparing these consolidated financial statements, we have made our best
estimates and judgments of the amounts and disclosures included in the consolidated financial statements.
41
Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenues in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which include excise taxes and shipping and
handling charges billed to customers, net of cash discounts for prompt payment, sales returns and sales incentives, upon delivery of goods to the customer—at which time our performance
obligation is satisfied—at an amount that we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods in accordance with the five-step analysis outlined in Topic 606: (i) identify the contract with the
customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations, and (v) recognize revenue
when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied. We exclude from the transaction price, sales taxes and value-added taxes imposed at the time of sale (which do not include excise taxes on
smokeless tobacco, cigars or vaping products billed to customers).
We record an allowance for sales returns, based principally on historical volume and return rates, which is included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. We record sales
incentives, which consist of consumer incentives and trade promotion activities, as a reduction in revenues (a portion of which is based on amounts estimated as being due to wholesalers,
retailers and consumers at the end of the period) based principally on historical volume and utilization rates. Expected payments for sales incentives are included in accrued liabilities on the
consolidated balance sheets.
A further requirement of ASU 2014-09 is for entities to disaggregate revenue recognized from contracts with customers into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Our management views business performance through segments that closely resemble the performance of major product
lines. Thus, the primary, and most useful, disaggregation of our contract revenue for decision making purposes is the disaggregation by segment which can be found in Note 21 of our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. An additional disaggregation of contract revenue by sales channel can be found within Note 21 as well.
Derivative Instruments – Currency Forward Contracts
We use foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates from time to time. We account for our forward contracts under the
provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Under our policy, as amended, we may hedge up to 100% of our anticipated purchases of inventory in the denominated invoice currency over a
forward period not to exceed twelve months. We may also, from time to time, hedge up to ninety percent of our non-inventory purchases in the denominated invoice currency. Forward contracts
that qualify as hedges are adjusted to their fair value through other comprehensive income as determined by market prices on the measurement date except any hedge ineffectiveness which is
recognized currently in income. Gains and losses on these contracts are transferred from other comprehensive income into inventory as the related inventories are received and are transferred to
net income as inventory is sold. Changes in fair value of any contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges are recognized in income currently.
Derivative Instruments - Interest Rate Swaps
We enter into interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate risk and reduce the volatility of future cash flows. We account for interest rate swap contracts under the provisions of ASC 815,
Derivatives and Hedging. Swap contracts that qualify as hedges are adjusted to their fair value through other comprehensive income as determined by market prices on the measurement date,
except any hedge ineffectiveness which is recognized currently in income. Gains and losses on these swap contracts are transferred from other comprehensive income into net income upon
settlement of the derivative position or at maturity of the interest rate swap contract. Changes in fair value of any contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as
hedges are recognized currently in income.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
We follow the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other in accounting for our goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed
for impairment annually on December 31, or more frequently if certain indicators are present, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35 and ASC 350-30-35, respectively. If the carrying value of the
goodwill or indefinite-life intangible asset exceeds its fair value, determined using the discounted cash flows method and the relief-from-royalty method, respectively, the goodwill or intangible
asset is considered impaired. The carrying value of the goodwill or indefinite-life intangible asset would then be reduced to fair value. For goodwill, the determination of a reporting unit’s fair
value involves, among other things, our market capitalization and application of the income approach, which includes developing forecasts of future cash flows and determining an appropriate
discount rate.
Based on our annual goodwill impairment testing, the estimated fair values of each of our reporting units were in excess of the respective carrying values at December 31, 2020. We had no such
impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2020. However, there could be an impairment of the goodwill of the NewGen reporting unit if future
revenues do not achieve our expected future cash flows or if macroeconomic conditions result in future increases in the weighted average cost of capital used to estimate fair value. Refer to Note
10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding our goodwill and other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020.
42
Table of Contents
Fair Value
GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value. That framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The
hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3). The three levels
of the fair value hierarchy under GAAP are described below:
•
•
•
Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive
markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by
correlation or other means.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.
Under GAAP, certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash on conversion are required to be separately accounted for as liability and equity components of the instrument in a
manner that reflects the issue’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. Accordingly, in accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, we separated the Convertible Senior Notes into
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible
feature. This evaluation can be complex and requires management to make assumptions to determine the fair value.
Retirement Plans
We follow the provisions of ASC 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits in accounting for our retirement plans, which requires an employer to (i) recognize in its statement of financial
position the funded status of a benefit plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and benefit obligations; (ii) recognize, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service
costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost; and (iii) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the
employer’s statement of financial position.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under ASC 740. We record the effects of income taxes under the liability method in which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the
difference between the financial and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. We assess our ability to
realize future benefits of deferred tax assets by determining if they meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. If we determine that future benefits do not meet the “more
likely than not” criteria, a valuation allowance is recorded.
Stock-Based Compensation
We measure stock compensation costs related to our stock options on the fair value-based method under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which requires
compensation cost for stock options to be recognized based on the fair value of stock options granted. We determined the fair value of these awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
We grant performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSU”) subject to both performance-based and service-based vesting conditions. The fair value of each PRSU is our stock price on the date
of grant. For purposes of recognizing compensation expense as services are rendered in accordance with ASC 718, we assume all employees involved in the PRSU grant will provide service
through the end of the performance period. Stock compensation expense is recorded based on the probability of achievement of the performance conditions specified in the PRSU grant.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recognized at their net realizable value. All accounts receivable are trade-related and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We maintain
allowances for doubtful accounts receivable for estimated uncollectible invoices resulting from the customer’s inability to pay, which may result in write-offs. We recorded an allowance for
doubtful accounts of $0.2 million and less than $0.3 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
43
Table of Contents
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost was determined using the LIFO method for approximately 45.1% of the inventories as of December 31, 2020. Leaf tobacco is presented
in current assets in accordance with standard industry practice, notwithstanding the fact that such tobaccos are carried longer than one year for the purpose of curing. We recorded an inventory
valuation allowance of $9.9 million and $21.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012
We chose to “opt out” of the provision of the JOBS Act that permits us, as an “emerging growth company,” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised
accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required for public companies. Our decision to opt out of the
extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act is irrevocable.
Results of Operations
Summary
The table and discussion set forth below relates to our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):
Consolidated Results of Operations Data:
Net sales
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Total net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Total gross profit
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
Operating income
Interest expense, net
Investment income
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Net periodic benefit cost (income), excluding service cost
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Consolidated net income
2020
For the year ended December 31,
% Change
2019
2018
% Change
$
$
$
132,812
115,866
156,433
405,111
215,475
78,232
61,456
49,948
189,636
125,563
64,073
20,226
(198)
-
989
43,056
10,015
33,041
$
108,733
99,894
153,362
361,989
225,243
59,386
52,277
25,083
136,746
109,887
26,859
17,342
(2,648)
1,308
(4,961)
15,818
2,044
13,774
22.1% $
16.0%
2.0%
11.9%
-4.3%
31.7%
17.6%
99.1%
38.7%
14.3%
138.6%
16.6%
-92.5%
-100.0%
-119.9%
172.2%
390.0%
139.9% $
111,507
90,031
131,145
332,683
190,124
57,043
46,490
39,026
142,559
94,075
48,484
14,819
(424)
2,384
131
31,574
6,285
25,289
-2.5%
11.0%
16.9%
8.8%
18.5%
4.1%
12.4%
-35.7%
-4.1%
16.8%
-44.6%
17.0%
524.5%
-45.1%
-3887.0%
-49.9%
-67.5%
-45.5%
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2020, to Year Ended December 31, 2019
Net Sales. For the year ended December 31, 2020, overall net sales increased to $405.1 million from $362.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $43.1 million or 11.9%.
The increase in net sales was primarily driven by increased sales volume across all segments.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net sales in the Zig-Zag Products segment increased to $132.8 million from $108.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $24.1
million or 22.1%. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Zig-Zag Products volumes increased 19.7%, and price/mix increased 2.4%. The increase in net sales was primarily related to double
digit growth in US papers and wraps, partially offset by a $1.8 million decline in non-focus cigars and MYO pipe.
44
Table of Contents
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net sales in the Stoker’s Products segment increased to $115.9 million from $99.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $16.0
million or 16.0%. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Stoker’s Products volume increased 12.0% and price/mix increased 4.0%. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by the
continuing double-digit volume growth of Stoker’s® MST. Sales in chewing tobacco products were up mid-single digits as compared to prior year. MST represented 59% of Stoker’s Products
revenue in 2020, up from 54% a year earlier.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net sales in the NewGen products segment increased to $156.4 million from $153.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $3.1
million or 2.0%. The increase in net sales was primarily the result of growth in both the Nu-X and vape distribution businesses.
Gross Profit. For the year ended December 31, 2020, overall gross profit increased to $189.6 million from $136.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $52.9 million or
38.7%, due to growth across all segments and $24.2 million of costs in 2019 that did not recur primarily related to inventory reserves. Consolidated gross profit for the year ended December 31,
2019, included $1.2 million of introductory launch costs and $23.0 million of restructuring costs primarily inventory reserves. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 46.8% for the
year ended December 31, 2020, from 37.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, gross profit in the Zig-Zag Products segment increased to $78.2 million from $59.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $18.8
million or 31.7%. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 58.9% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 54.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2019.
The increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales is a result of increased US paper sales and increased margin in MYO cigar sales as a result of the Durfort transaction.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, gross profit in the Stoker’s Products segment increased to $61.5 million from $52.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $9.2
million or 17.6%. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 53.0% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020, from 52.3% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2019.
The increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales is primarily a result of strong incremental margin contribution of MST.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, gross profit in the NewGen products segment increased to $49.9 million from $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $24.9
million or 99.1%. NewGen gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $1.2 million of introductory launch costs and $23.2 million of restructuring expenses that did not recur in
2020. Additionally, the gross profit includes $10.1 million of tariff expenses in 2020 compared to $9.3 million in 2019. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 31.9% of net sales for
the year ended December 31, 2020, from 16.4% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to the impact of the $23.2 million of related write-offs and reserves in 2019
associated with the vape distribution business.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2020, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $125.6 million from $109.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $15.7 million or 14.3%. Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020, included $2.6 million of stock
options, restricted stock and incentives expense, $3.1 million of transaction expenses, $0.5 million of restructuring expenses and $14.4 million of expense related to PMTA. Selling, general, and
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $1.8 million of transaction costs (primarily relating to Solace and ReCreation as well as earnout expense for IVG), $5.0
million of introductory launch costs, $3.2 million of restructuring expenses, and $2.2 million in PMTA expenses.
Interest Expense, net. For the year ended December 31, 2020, interest expense, on a net basis, increased to $20.2 million from $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as
a result of the amortization of the debt discount on the Convertible Senior Notes of $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2019.
Investment Income. For the year ended December 31, 2020, investment income decreased to $0.2 million from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to the impact
of the $2.0 million gain on the CASH investment as a result of marking the investment to fair value in 2019. See Note 11 Other Assets in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information on the CASH investment.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. For the year ended December 31, 2020, there was no loss on extinguishment of debt. For the year ended December 31, 2019, loss on extinguishment of debt
was $1.3 million as the result of paying off the 2018 Second Lien Credit Facility.
Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income), excluding service cost. For the year ended December 31, 2020, net periodic cost was $0.9 million primarily as a result of the curtailment from the
shutdown of the pension plan. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net periodic income was $5.0 million primarily due to the gain on the termination of the postretirement plan.
45
Table of Contents
Income Tax Expense. The Company’s income tax expense was $10.0 million, or 23.3% of income before income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2020, and included a discrete tax
deduction of $3.3 million relating to stock option exercises during the year and a discrete tax benefit of $0.6 million from the shutdown of the pension plan. The Company’s income tax expense
of $2.0 million, or 12.9% of income before income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2019, was lower than the expected annual effective tax rate as a result of discrete tax benefits of $4.6
million from the exercise of stock options during the year.
Consolidated Net Income. Due to the factors described above, net income for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, was $33.0 million and $13.8 million, respectively.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2019, to Year Ended December 31, 2018
Net Sales. For the year ended December 31, 2019, overall net sales increased to $362.0 million from $332.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $29.3 million or 8.8%.
The increase in net sales was primarily driven by Stoker’s MST, Zig-Zag cigar wraps, and Nu-X including the acquisition of Solace in 2019.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net sales in the Zig-Zag Products segment decreased to $108.7 million from $111.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $2.8
million or 2.5%. For the year ended December 31, 2019, Zig-Zag Products volumes decreased 4.9%, while price/mix increased 2.4%. The decrease in net sales is primarily due to the delay of
Canadian paper orders in the first half of the year as a result of the new packaging regulations in Canada as well as our strategic decision to de-emphasize the low margin cigar and MYO / pipe
products businesses. Cigar and MYO / pipe product sales declined by $2.4 million to $7.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2019.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net sales in the Stoker’s Products segment increased to $99.9 million from $90.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $9.9
million or 11.0%. For the year ended December 31, 2019, Stoker’s Products volume increased 7.3% and price/mix increased 3.7%. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by the
continuing growth of Stoker’s® MST partially offset by declines in chewing tobacco attributable to increased competition, our promotional timing, and a continuing segment shift to lower price
products. MST represented 54% of Stoker’s Products revenue in 2019, up from 47% a year earlier.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net sales in the NewGen products segment increased to $153.4 million from $131.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $22.2
million or 16.9%. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by higher Nu-X alternative products sales in 2019 (includes the Solace acquisition) and an additional eight months of IVG net
sales in 2019. Net sales were negatively impacted by the vape disruption in the fourth quarter of 2019.
Gross Profit. For the year ended December 31, 2019, overall gross profit decreased to $136.7 million from $142.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $5.8 million or
4.1%, primarily as a result of certain restructuring activities in the fourth quarter 2019. Consolidated gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $0.4 million of unfavorable
LIFO adjustments, $1.2 million of introductory launch costs, and $23.0 million of restructuring costs, primarily inventory reserves, compared to $0.1 million, $1.0 million, and $2.9 million,
respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2018. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales weakened to 37.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 42.9% for the year ended December
31, 2018, primarily due to the aforementioned restructuring expenses, including the inventory reserves and write-off associated with our pivot from third-party vaping products.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, gross profit in the Zig-Zag Products segment increased to $59.4 million from $57.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $2.3
million or 4.1%. Zig-Zag Products gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 included $0.6 million of introductory launch costs and $1.3 million of line rationalization expenses. Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 54.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 51.2% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in gross
profit as a percentage of net sales is primarily due to declining sales of lower margin, low priority products.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, gross profit in the Stoker’s Products segment increased to $52.3 million from $46.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $5.8
million or 12.4%. Stoker’s Products gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $0.3 million of unfavorable LIFO adjustments and $0.0 million of introductory launch costs
compared to $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 52.3% of net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2019, from 51.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 driven by Stoker MST gains.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, gross profit in the NewGen products segment decreased to $25.1 million from $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $13.9
million or 35.7%. NewGen gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $1.2 million of introductory launch costs and $23.2 million of restructuring expenses compared to $0.3
million and $1.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. Additionally, gross profit includes $9.3 million of tariff expenses in 2019 compared to $1.1 million in 2018. Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales decreased to 16.4% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2019, from 29.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to the
aforementioned restructuring expenses associated with our pivot from third-party vaping products.
46
Table of Contents
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2019, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $109.9 million from $94.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $15.8 million or 16.8%. Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $1.7 million of expenses relating
to the inclusion of our 2019 investment in Solace, $1.8 million of transaction costs (primarily relating to Solace and ReCreation as well as earnout expense for IVG), $5.0 million of introductory
launch costs, $3.2 million of restructuring expenses, and $2.2 million in PMTA expenses. Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018, included $4.5
million of transaction and strategic initiative costs (primarily relating to IVG and Vapor Supply transaction costs), $0.9 million of company-wide introductory launch costs, and $1.8 million of
restructuring costs.
Interest Expense, net. For the year ended December 31, 2019, interest expense, on a net basis, increased to $17.3 million from $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily as
a result of the amortization of the discount on the Convertible Senior Notes in 2019 of $2.9 million.
Investment Income. For the year ended December 31, 2019, investment income increased to $2.6 million from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to the $2.0
million gain on the CASH investment as a result of marking the investment to fair value.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. For the year ended December 31, 2019, loss on extinguishment of debt was $1.3 million as the result of paying off the 2018 Second Lien Credit Facility. For
the year ended December 31, 2018, loss on extinguishment of debt was $2.4 million as the result of refinancing our credit facility in the first quarter of 2018.
Net periodic benefit (income) cost, excluding service cost. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net periodic income was $5.0 million primarily due to the gain on the termination of the
postretirement plan. For the year ended December 31, 2018, net periodic benefit cost was $0.1 million.
Income Tax Expense. The Company’s income tax expense of $2.0 million, or 12.9% of income before income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2019, was lower than the expected annual
effective tax rate as a result of discrete tax benefits of $4.6 million from the exercise of stock options during the year. The Company’s income tax expense of $6.3 million, or 19.9% of income
before income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2018, was lower than the expected annual effective tax rate as a result of discrete tax benefits of $5.4 million from the exercise of stock
options during the year.
Consolidated Net Income. Due to the factors described above, net income for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, was $13.8 million and $25.3 million, respectively.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we use non-U.S. GAAP financial measures including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We believe Adjusted
EBITDA provides useful information to management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. Adjusted EBITDA
is used by management to compare our performance to that of prior periods for trend analyses and planning purposes and is presented to our Board of Directors. We believe that EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate measures of operating performance because they eliminate the impact of expenses that do not relate to operating performance. In addition, our debt instruments
contain covenants which use Adjusted EBITDA calculations.
We define “EBITDA” as net income before interest expense, loss on extinguishment of debt, provision for income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net
income before interest expense, loss on extinguishment of debt, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, other non-cash items, and other items we do not consider ordinary course
in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance.
Non-U.S. GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA excludes significant
expenses required to be recorded in our financial statements by U.S. GAAP and is subject to inherent limitations. Other companies in our industry may calculate this non-U.S. GAAP measure
differently than we do or may not calculate it at all, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. The table below provide a reconciliation between net income and Adjusted EBITDA.
47
Table of Contents
(in thousands)
Consolidated net income
Add:
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Income tax expense
Depreciation expense
Amortization expense
EBITDA
Components of Adjusted EBITDA
Other (a)
Stock options, restricted stock, and incentives expense (b)
Transactional expenses and strategic initiatives (c)
New product launch costs (d)
FDA PMTA (e)
Corporate and vapor restructuring (f)
Vendor settlement (g)
Adjusted EBITDA
2020
Years ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
33,041
$
13,774
$
20,226
-
10,015
3,237
1,781
68,300
1,342
2,555
3,087
-
14,435
517
-
90,236
$
$
17,342
1,308
2,044
2,638
1,451
38,557
$
360
4,626
1,764
6,185
2,153
19,214
(5,522)
67,337
$
$
$
25,289
14,819
2,384
6,285
2,105
1,006
51,888
366
1,410
4,482
1,835
-
4,629
-
64,610
(a) Represents LIFO adjustment, non-cash pension expense (income) and foreign exchange hedging.
(b) Represents non-cash stock options, restricted stock, incentives expense and Solace performance stock units.
(c) Represents the fees incurred for transaction expenses and strategic initiatives.
(d) Represents product launch costs for our new product lines.
(e) Represents costs associated with applications related to FDA premarket tobacco product application (“PMTA”).
(f) Represents costs associated with corporate and vapor restructuring including severance and inventory reserves. Costs during the year ended December
31, 2020 represent the costs from the retirement of a senior executive.
(g) Represents net gain associated with the settlement of a vendor contract.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal uses for cash are working capital, debt service, and capital expenditures. We believe our cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under our New Revolving Credit
Facility are adequate to satisfy our operating cash requirements for the foreseeable future.
Our working capital, which we define as current assets less cash and current liabilities, increased $20.8 million to $58.9 million at December 31, 2020, compared with $38.1 million at December
31, 2019. The increase in working capital is primarily due to increases in inventory due to increased sales and other current assets.
(in thousands)
Current assets
Current liabilities
Working capital
As of
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
115,532
56,629
58,903
$
$
94,000
55,886
38,114
During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we invested $6.1 million and $4.8 million, respectively, in capital expenditures. We had unrestricted cash on hand of $41.8 million and
$95.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We had restricted assets of $35.1 million and $32.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Restricted assets
consist of escrow deposits under the MSA and insurance deposits. On the 25th anniversary of each annual deposit, we are entitled to receive reimbursement of the principal amount of escrow
remaining for that year. See “Master Settlement Agreement” below for details.
48
Table of Contents
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities increased to $43.7 million from $37.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $5.9 million
or 16%, primarily due to higher net income due to increased sales offset by the timing of changes in working capital.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities increased to $37.8 million from $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $24.7
million or 189%, primarily due to inventory buys in 2018 that reduced cash flow.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $64.8 million compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $15.9 million for the year ended December
31, 2019, a decrease of $80.7 million or 508%, primarily due to increases in cash paid for acquisitions and investments in 2020.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by investing activities was $15.9 million compared to cash used in investing activities of $24.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2018, an increase of $40.6 million or 164%, primarily due to the change in MSA escrow deposits from investments to cash holdings as well as lower cash paid for acquisitions.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in financing activities was to $29.3 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities $68.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019, a decrease of $97.3 million or 143%, primarily due to lapping the net proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes and the payment of the revolving credit
facility and second lien term loan in 2019.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities increased to $68.0 million from $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $58.0 million
or 584%, primarily due to the proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes offset by payments on the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility, the 2018 Second Lien Credit Facility and
payment for the call options.
Long-Term Debt
Notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2020 and 2019, in order of preference:
2018 First Lien Term Loan
Convertible Senior Notes
Note payable - Promissory Note
Note payable - Unsecured Loan
Note payable - IVG
Gross notes payable and long-term debt
Less deferred finance charges
Less debt discount
Less current maturities
Net notes payable and long-term debt
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
$
130,000
172,500
10,000
7,485
-
319,985
(4,940)
(25,083)
(12,000)
277,962
$
146,000
172,500
-
-
4,240
322,740
(6,466)
(32,083)
(15,240)
268,951
As noted above under “—Recent Developments—Senior Secured Notes and New Revolving Credit Facility,” on February 11, 2020 the Company completed a comprehensive refinancing
transaction pursuant to which the Company issued $250 million of its 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026 and entered into the New Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds from the Offering
of the Senior Secured Notes were used to (i) to repay all obligations under and terminate the 2018 First Lien Term Loan and 2018 First Lien Revolver, (ii) to pay related fees, costs, and expenses
and (iii) for general corporate purposes.
49
Table of Contents
Senior Secured Notes
The Senior Secured Notes mature on February 15, 2026 and bear interest at a rate of 5.625% per annum. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15
and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2021.
Obligations under the Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) that guarantee any Credit Facility (as
defined in the Indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes or the “Senior Secured Notes Indenture”), including the New Revolving Credit Facility, or capital markets debt securities of the
Company or Guarantors in excess of $15.0 million. The Senior Secured Notes and the related guarantees are secured by first-priority liens on substantially all of the assets of the Company and
the Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. The New Revolving Credit Facility is secured on a pari passu basis with the Senior Secured Notes.
The Company may redeem the Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to February 15, 2023, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the applicable redemption date, plus a “make-whole” premium. Thereafter, the Company may redeem the Senior Secured Notes, in whole or
in part, at established redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, on or prior to February 15, 2023, the Company may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Senior Secured Notes with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 105.625%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any to the redemption
date; provided, however, that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of any additional notes) remains
outstanding. In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to February 15, 2023, but not more than once in any twelve-month period, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) of 103% plus accrued and unpaid interest of the Senior Secured
Notes, if any to but not including the redemption date, on the Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed.
If the Company experiences a change of control (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture), the Company must offer to repurchase the Senior Secured Notes at a repurchase price equal to
101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) grant or incur liens; (ii) incur, assume or guarantee additional
indebtedness; (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; (iv) make certain investments; (v) pay dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital
stock; (vi) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and (vii) consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to another entity. These covenants are subject to a number
of limitations and exceptions set forth in the Indenture.
The Indenture provides for customary events of default.
New Revolving Credit Facility
In connection with the Offering of the Senior Secured Notes, the Company entered into the New Revolving Credit Facility with the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”) and Barclays Bank PLC,
as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”). The New Revolving Credit Facility provides for a revolving line of credit up to $25.0 million. Letters of credit are
limited to $10 million (and are a part of, and not in addition to, the revolving line of credit). The Company has not drawn any borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility but does have
letters of credit of approximately $3.6 million outstanding under the facility.
The New Revolving Credit Facility will mature on August 11, 2025 if none of the Company’s 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Convertible Senior Notes”) are outstanding, and if any
Convertible Senior Notes are outstanding, the date which is 91 days prior to the maturity date of July 15, 2024 for such Convertible Senior Notes.
Interest is payable on the New Revolving Credit Facility at a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin of 3.50% (with step-downs upon
de-leveraging). The Company also has the option borrow at a rate determined by reference to the base rate.
The obligations under the New Revolving Credit Agreement are guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors. The Company’s and Guarantors’ obligations under the New Revolving
Credit Facility are secured on a pari passu basis with the Notes.
The New Revolving Credit Agreement contains covenants that are substantially the same as the covenants in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture. The New Revolving Credit Facility also
requires the maintenance of a Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Revolving Credit Agreement) of 5.50 to 1.00 (with a step down to 5.25 to 1.00 beginning with the fiscal
quarter ending March 31, 2023) at the end of each fiscal quarter when extensions of credit under the New Revolving Credit Facility and certain drawn and undrawn letters of credit (excluding (a)
letters of credit that have been cash collateralized and (b) letters of credit having an aggregate face amount less than $5,000,000) exceeds 35% of the total commitments under the New Revolving
Credit Facility.
50
Table of Contents
The New Revolving Credit Agreement provides for customary events of default.
2018 Credit Facility
On March 7, 2018, the Company entered into a $250 million credit facility consisting of a $160 million 2018 First Lien Term Loan and a $50 million 2018 Revolving Credit Facility
(collectively, the “2018 First Lien Credit Facility”), in each case, with Fifth Third Bank, as administrative agent, and other lenders, in addition to a $40 million 2018 Second Lien Term Loan (the
“2018 Second Lien Credit Facility,” and, together with the 2018 First Lien Credit Facility, the “2018 Credit Facility”) with Prospect Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, and other
lenders. The 2018 Credit Facility retained the $40 million accordion feature of the 2017 Credit Facility. Proceeds from the 2018 Credit Facility were used to repay, in full, the 2017 Credit
Facility. The Company incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.4 million in the first quarter of 2018 as a result of the refinancing. The 2018 Credit Facility was repaid in full and
terminated with the proceeds of the Offering of the Senior Secured Notes.
The 2018 First Lien Term Loan and the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 2.75% to 3.50% based on our senior leverage ratio. The 2018 First Lien Term
Loan has quarterly required payments of $2.0 million beginning June 30, 2018, increasing to $3.0 million on June 30, 2020, and increasing to $4.0 million on June 30, 2022. The 2018 First Lien
Credit Facility has a maturity date of March 7, 2023. The weighted average interest rate of the 2018 First Lien Term Loan was 2.9% at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2020, we had no
borrowings outstanding under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility.
2018 Second Lien Credit Facility: The 2018 Second Lien Credit Facility bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 7.00% and had a maturity date of March 7, 2024. Based on an excess cash
covenant for the facility, a $4.5 million principal payment was made in the second quarter 2019, resulting in $0.2 million loss on extinguishment of debt. We used a portion of the proceeds from
the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes to prepay all outstanding amounts related to the 2018 Second Lien Credit Facility in the third quarter 2019. The principal paid in the third quarter
2019 amounted to $35.5 million, and the transaction resulted in a $1.1 million loss on extinguishment of debt.
Convertible Senior Notes
In July 2019 we closed an offering of $172.5 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due July 15, 2024 (the “Convertible Senior Notes”). The Convertible
Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.50% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2020. The Convertible Senior Notes will
mature on July 15, 2024, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The Convertible Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations.
The Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into approximately 3,202,808 shares of our voting common stock under certain circumstances prior to maturity at a conversion rate of 18.567 shares
per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes, which represents a conversion price of approximately $53.86 per share, subject to adjustment under certain conditions, but will not
be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. Upon conversion, we may pay cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and stock, as determined by us at our discretion. The
conditions required to allow the holders to convert their Convertible Senior Notes were not met as of December 31, 2020.
Under GAAP, certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash on conversion are required to be separately accounted for as liability and equity components of the instrument in a
manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. Accordingly, in accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, we separated the Convertible Senior Notes into
liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible
feature. The carrying amount of the equity component, which is recognized as a debt discount, represents the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes
and the fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Senior Notes. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount (“debt discount”), $35.0
million, will be amortized to interest expense using an effective interest rate of 7.5% over the expected life of the Convertible Senior Notes. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it
continues to meet the criteria for equity classification. Interest expense includes $7.0 million and $2.9 million of amortization for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
In accounting for the debt issuance costs related to the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, we allocated the total amount incurred to the liability and equity components based on their
relative values. Debt issuance costs attributable to the liability component are amortized to the interest expense using the effective interest method over the expected life of the Convertible Senior
Notes, $4.7 million, and the debt issuance costs attributable to the equity component, $1.2 million, are netted with the equity component of stockholders’ equity (deficit).
51
Table of Contents
In connection with the Convertible Senior Notes offering, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with certain financial institutions. The capped call transactions have a
strike price of $53.86 per and a cap price of $82.86 per, and are exercisable when, and if, the Convertible Senior Notes are converted. We paid $20.53 million for these capped calls and charged
that amount to additional paid-in capital.
Promissory Note
On June 10, 2020, in connection with the acquisition of certain Durfort assets, we issued an unsecured subordinated promissory note (“Promissory Note”) in the principal amount of $10.0 million
(the “Principal Amount”), with an annual interest rate of 7.5%, payable quarterly, with the first payment due September 10, 2020. The Principal Amount is payable in two $5.0 million
installments, with the first installment due 18 months after the closing date of the acquisition (June 10, 2020), and the second installment due 36 months after the closing date of the acquisition.
The second installment is subject to reduction for certain amounts payable to us as a holdback.
Unsecured Loan
On April 6, 2020, the 2018 First Lien Credit Facility was amended to allow for an unsecured loan under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act of 2020 (“CARES”). On April
17, 2020, National Tobacco Company, L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a loan agreement with Regions Bank guaranteed by the Small Business Administration for a
$7.5 million unsecured loan. The proceeds of the loan were received on April 27, 2020. The loan is scheduled to mature on April 17, 2022 and has a 1.00% interest rate.
Note Payable – IVG
In September 2018, the Company issued a note payable to IVG’s former shareholders (“IVG Note”). The IVG Note has a principal amount of $4.0 million, with an annual interest rate of 6.0%
compounding annually and matures on March 5, 2020. All principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the IVG Note were subject to indemnification obligations of the sellers pursuant to the
International Vapor Group Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 5, 2018. The carrying amount of the IVG Note, $4.2 million, was deposited into an escrow account pending
agreement with the sellers of any indemnification obligations.
Distribution Agreements
For a description of our material distribution agreements, see “Business—Distribution and Supply Agreements.”
Master Settlement Agreement
On November 23, 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers, Philip Morris USA, Inc., Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation, Lorillard Tobacco Company and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco
Company, entered into the MSA with attorneys general representing states that agreed to settle certain recovery actions (the “Settling States”). In order to be in compliance with the MSA and
subsequent states’ statutes, we were required to fund an escrow account with each of the Settling States based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents (which is measured by pounds
of MYO cigarette smoking tobacco) sold in such state. Funding of the escrow deposit by us in 2018 was less than $0.1 million in respect of sales of smoking products in 2017. We estimate the
total deposits relating to 2018 sales will be less than $0.1 million. Under current MSA legislation, we will not be required to make escrow deposits after making deposits for 2017 sales as our last
remaining product line subject to MSA legislation, MYO cigarette smoking tobacco, was discontinued in the third quarter of 2017. Each year’s deposit will be released from escrow after 25
years. We are scheduled to begin receiving payments as our escrow deposits are released from escrow beginning in 2024.
52
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes our escrow deposit balances (in thousands) by sales year as of:
Sales
Year
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Total
Deposits as of December 31,
2020
2019
$
211 $
1,017
1,673
2,271
4,249
3,714
4,553
3,847
4,167
3,364
1,619
406
193
199
173
143
101
91
83
211
1,017
1,673
2,271
4,249
3,714
4,553
3,847
4,167
3,364
1,619
406
193
199
173
143
101
91
83
$
32,074 $
32,074
Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
During 2020, we executed various forward contracts for the purchase of €19.7 million and sale of €21.4 million with maturity dates ranging from December 2020 to November 2021. At
December 31, 2020, we had forward contracts for the purchase of €18.0 million and sale of €19.6 million. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts are based on quoted market prices and
resulted in an asset of $0.4 million included in Other current assets and liability of $0.0 million included in Accrued liabilities at December 31, 2020. During 2019 we did not execute any forward
contracts. We had interest rate swap contracts for a total notional amount of $70 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The fair values of the interest rate swap contracts are
based upon quoted market prices and resulted in a liability of $3.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, included in other long-term liabilities.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2020 (in thousands) and does not give effect to the Offering of the Senior Secured Notes or the repayment of the
2018 Credit Facility:
Long-term debt obligations, including interest
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations
Payments due by period
Total
346,170
23,115
37,826
407,111
Less than 1 year
25,709
$
4,021
37,826
67,556
$
$
$
$
$
1-3 years
4-5 years
143,637
7,193
-
150,830
$
$
176,824
4,473
-
181,297
$
$
More than 5
years
-
7,428
-
7,428
The total lease expense included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, was $3.9 million, $4.3 million, and $3.6 million, respectively.
Inflation
We believe that any effect of inflation at current levels will be minimal. Historically, we have been able to increase prices at a rate equal to or greater than that of inflation and believe that we
will continue to be able to do so for the foreseeable future. In addition, we have been able to maintain a relatively stable variable cost structure for our products due, in part, to our successful
procurement with regard to our tobacco products and, in part, to our existing contractual agreement for the purchase of our premium cigarette papers.
53
Table of Contents
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
Our inventory purchases from RTI are denominated in euros. Accordingly, we have exposure to potentially adverse movements in the euro exchange rate. In addition, RTI provides a contractual
hedge against catastrophic currency fluctuation in our agreement. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes, nor do we hedge our foreign currency exposure
in a manner that offsets the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates.
We regularly review our foreign currency risk and hedging programs and may as part of that review determine at any time to change our hedging policy. During 2020, we executed various
forward contracts for the purchase of €19.7 million and sale of €21.4 million with maturity dates ranging from December 2020 to November 2021. At December 31, 2020, we had forward
contracts for the purchase of €18.0 million and sale of €19.6 million. A 10% change in the euro to U.S. dollars exchange rate would change pre-tax income by approximately $0.9 million per
year.
Credit Risk
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had bank deposits, including MSA escrows, in excess of federally insured limits of approximately $69.7 million and $126.0 million, respectively. The
Company has chosen to invest a portion of the MSA escrows, from time to time, in U.S. Government securities including Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds.
We sell our products to distributors, retail establishments, and individual consumers throughout the U.S. and also have sales of Zig-Zag® premium cigarette papers in Canada. In 2020, 2019, and
2018, we had no customers that accounted for more than 10% of our net sales. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral on trade
receivables. Historically, we have not experienced significant losses due to customer credit issues.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
We have exposure to interest rate volatility principally relating to interest rate changes applicable to loans under our 2018 Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2020, our 2018 Credit Facility
bears interest at variable rates. However, the Company had swap contracts for a total notional amount of $70 million at December 31, 2020. The fair values of the swap contracts are based upon
quoted market prices and resulted in a liability of $3.7 million as of December 31, 2020. We believe that the effect, if any, of reasonably possible near-term changes in interest rates on our
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows would not be significant. A 1% change in the interest rate would change pre-tax income by approximately $0.6 million per
year.
54
Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
CONTENTS
Report of RSM US LLP
Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
55
Page
56
57
58
59
60
62
63
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Turning Point Brands, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes to the
consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a
public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those
risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for
our opinion.
/s/ RSM US LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.
Greensboro, North Carolina
February 19, 2021
56
Table of Contents
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands except share data)
Current assets:
Cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $150 in 2020 and $280 in 2019
Inventories
Other current assets
ASSETS
Total current assets
Property, plant, and equipment, net
Right of use assets
Deferred financing costs, net
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) escrow deposits
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Notes payable and long-term debt
Deferred income taxes
Lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; authorized shares 40,000,000; issued and outstanding shares -0-
Common stock, voting, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 190,000,000; 19,532,464 issued shares, 19,133,794 outstanding shares at December
31, 2020, and 19,680,673 issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2019
Common stock, nonvoting, $0.01 par value; authorized shares, 10,000,000;issued and outstanding shares -0-
Additional paid-in capital
Cost of repurchased common stock (398,670 shares at December 31, 2020 and 0 shares at December 31, 2019)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated earnings (deficit)
Non-controlling interest
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
57
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
41,765
9,331
79,750
26,451
157,297
15,524
17,918
641
159,621
79,422
32,074
26,836
489,333
9,201
35,225
12,000
203
56,629
277,962
4,082
16,117
3,704
358,494
-
195
-
127,362
(10,191)
(2,635)
12,058
4,050
130,839
489,333
$
95,250
6,906
70,979
16,115
189,250
13,816
12,130
890
154,282
33,469
32,074
10,673
446,584
14,126
26,520
15,240
-
55,886
268,951
1,572
11,067
2,523
339,999
-
197
-
125,469
-
(3,773)
(15,308)
-
106,585
446,584
Table of Contents
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
(dollars in thousands except share data)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
Operating income
Interest expense, net
Investment income
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Net periodic benefit cost (income), excluding service cost
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Consolidated net income
Basic income per common share:
Consolidated net income
Diluted income per common share:
Consolidated net income
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
$
405,111
215,475
189,636
125,563
64,073
20,226
(198)
-
989
43,056
10,015
33,041
$
$
361,989
225,243
136,746
109,887
26,859
17,342
(2,648)
1,308
(4,961)
15,818
2,044
13,774
$
1.70
$
0.70
$
1.67
$
0.69
$
332,683
190,124
142,559
94,075
48,484
14,819
(424)
2,384
131
31,574
6,285
25,289
1.31
1.28
19,398,474
19,734,633
19,627,093
20,037,540
19,355,607
19,827,562
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
58
Table of Contents
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
(dollars in thousands)
Consolidated net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
$
33,041
$
13,774
$
25,289
Amortization of unrealized pension and postretirement gain (loss), net of tax of $57 in 2020, $136 in 2019, and $435 in
2018
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax of $0 in 2020, $351 in 2019, and $31 in 2018
Unrealized loss on deriviative instruments, net of tax of $233 in 2020, $377 in 2019 and $204 in 2018
1,830
-
(692)
1,138
(1,150)
1,174
(1,261)
(1,237)
1,361
(266)
(682)
413
Comprehensive income
$
34,179
$
12,537
$
25,702
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
59
Table of Contents
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
(dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Consolidated net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Pension settlement and curtailment loss
Loss on sale of property, plant, and equipment
Impairment loss
Gain on postretirement plan termination
Gain on investments
Depreciation expense
Amortization of other intangible assets
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs
Deferred income taxes
Stock compensation expense
Noncash lease expense
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued postretirement liabilities
Accrued liabilities and other
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures
Restricted cash, MSA escrow deposits
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment
Payments for investments
Issuance of note receivable
Repayment of note receivable
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
60
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
$
33,041
$
13,774
$
25,289
-
1,188
123
149
-
-
3,237
1,781
8,969
2,800
2,554
370
(2,112)
(7,650)
(5,373)
2,076
(5,064)
(54)
7,643
43,678
$
(6,135) $
-
(39,441)
3
(19,250)
-
-
(64,823) $
1,308
-
7
301
(4,915)
(2,000)
2,638
1,451
4,365
(4,219)
3,629
357
(3,464)
21,036
(1,196)
(2,864)
6,608
(168)
1,147
37,795
$
(4,815) $
29,718
(7,704)
123
(1,421)
-
-
15,901
$
2,384
-
-
-
-
-
2,105
1,005
951
2,565
1,411
-
824
(20,650)
(5,097)
75
2,523
(97)
(198)
13,090
(2,267)
(1,241)
(19,161)
-
(2,000)
(6,500)
6,500
(24,669)
$
$
$
Table of Contents
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (cont.)
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
(dollars in thousands)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from 2018 first lien term loan
Payments of 2018 first lien term loan
Proceeds from 2018 second lien term loan
Payments of 2018 second lien term loan
Proceeds from 2018 revolving credit facility
Payments of 2018 revolving credit facility
Proceeds from Convertible Senior Notes
Payment of IVG note
Proceeds from unsecured note
Standard Diversified Inc. reorganization, net of cash acquired
Payments for call options
Payment of dividends
Payments of 2017 first lien term loan
Payments of 2017 second lien term loan
Proceeds from (payments of) 2017 revolving credit facility, net
Payments of VaporBeast Note Payable
Proceeds from release of restricted funds
Payments of financing costs
Exercise of options
Redemption of options
Surrender of restricted stock
Payment to terminate acquired capital lease
Common stock repurchased
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash
Cash, beginning of period:
Unrestricted
Restricted
Total cash at beginning of period
Cash, end of period:
Unrestricted
Restricted
Total cash at end of period
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for interest
Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:
Investment in General Wireless
Supplemental schedule of noncash financing activities:
Issuance of shares for acquisition
Issuance of note payable for acquisition
Dividends declared not paid
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
$
-
$
(16,000)
-
-
-
-
-
(4,240)
7,485
(1,737)
-
(3,802)
-
-
-
-
-
(194)
862
(1,523)
-
-
(10,191)
(29,340) $
-
$
(8,000)
-
(40,000)
-
(26,000)
172,500
-
-
-
(20,528)
(3,531)
-
-
-
-
-
(7,117)
738
(12)
(84)
-
-
67,966
$
160,000
(6,000)
40,000
-
26,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2,318)
(140,613)
(55,000)
(8,000)
(2,000)
1,107
(3,286)
833
(623)
-
(170)
-
9,930
(50,485) $
121,662
$
(1,649)
95,250
32,074
127,324
3,306
2,356
5,662
41,765
35,074
76,839
$
95,250
32,074
127,324
$
2,607
4,704
7,311
3,306
2,356
5,662
11,455
$
3,384
$
11,828
$
11,332
$
14,238
3,215
-
$
-
$
421
-
$
10,000
$
1,099
$
-
-
$
$
962
$
5,292
4,000
915
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
61
Table of Contents
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
(dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance January 1, 2018
Voting
Shares
19,210,633 $
Common
Stock,
Voting
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
192 $ 103,640 $
Cost of
Repurchased
Common Stock
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Accumulated
Earnings
(Deficit)
Non-
Controlling
Interest
Unrecognized pension and postretirement cost adjustment, net of tax of $435
Unrealized loss on MSA investments, net of tax of $31
Unrealized loss on other investments, net of tax of $1
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax of $204
Stock compensation expense
Restricted stock forfeitures
Exercise of options
Redemption of options
Dividends
Reclassification of tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income
IVG issuance of stock
Net income
Ending balance December 31, 2018
- $
-
-
-
-
(3,128)
193,273
-
-
-
153,079
-
19,553,857 $
Unrecognized pension and postretirement cost adjustment, net of tax of $136
Unrealized loss on MSA investments, net of tax of $351
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax of $377
Stock compensation expense
Restricted stock forfeitures
Exercise of options
Redemption of options
Dividends
Purchase of call options, net of tax of $5,195
Issuance of Convertible Senior Notes, net of tax of $8,857
Fair value of earn-out
Net income
Ending balance December 31, 2019
- $
-
-
-
(1,947)
128,763
-
-
-
-
-
-
19,680,673 $
Unrecognized pension and postretirement cost adjustment, net of tax of $57
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax of $233
Stock compensation expense
Exercise of options
Redemption of options
Cost of repurchased common stock
Standard Diversified Inc. reorganization, net
Dividends
ReCreation acquisition
Net income
Ending balance December 31, 2020
- $
-
-
96,005
-
(398,670)
(244,214)
-
-
-
19,133,794 $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
- $
-
-
-
1,336
(8)
831
(623)
-
-
5,290
-
196 $ 110,466 $
- $
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
-
-
3,600
(84)
738
(12)
-
(15,332)
24,938
1,155
-
197 $ 125,469 $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
(2)
-
-
-
- $
-
2,554
862
(1,523)
-
-
-
-
-
195 $ 127,362 $
- $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
- $
-
-
-
-
(10,191)
-
-
-
-
(10,191) $
(2,973) $
(47,535) $
1,361 $
(263)
(3)
(682)
-
-
-
-
-
24
-
-
(2,536) $
(1,150) $
1,174
(1,261)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3,773) $
1,830 $
(692)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2,635) $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3,233)
(24)
-
25,289
(25,503) $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3,579)
-
-
-
13,774
(15,308) $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
(1,735)
(3,940)
-
33,041
12,058 $
Total
- $ 53,324
1,361
- $
(263)
-
(3)
-
(682)
-
1,336
-
(8)
-
833
-
(623)
-
(3,233)
-
-
-
-
5,292
- 25,289
- $ 82,623
- $ (1,150)
1,174
-
(1,261)
-
3,600
-
(84)
-
739
-
(12)
-
-
(3,579)
- (15,332)
- 24,938
-
1,155
- 13,774
- $106,585
1,830
- $
(692)
-
2,554
-
862
-
-
(1,523)
- (10,191)
(1,737)
-
(3,940)
-
4,050
4,050
- 33,041
4,050 $130,839
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
62
Table of Contents
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(dollars in thousands, except where designated and per share data)
Note 1. Organizations and Basis of Presentation
Description of Business
Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading manufacturer, marketer and distributor of branded consumer
products. We sell a wide range of products to adult consumers consisting of staple products with our iconic brands Zig-Zag® and Stoker’s® to our next generation products to fulfill evolving
consumer preferences. Our three focus segments are led by our core, proprietary brands: Zig-Zag® in the Zig-Zag Products segment; Stoker’s® along with Beech-Nut® and Trophy® in the
Stoker’s Products segment; and Nu-XTM, Solace® along with our distribution platforms ( Vapor Beast®, VaporFi® and Direct Vapor®) in the NewGen Products segment. The Company’s
products are available in more than 210,000 retail outlets in North America. In order to better align with Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s positioning as a branded consumer products company and to
highlight the strength of its focus brands, the Company has renamed its two core business segments from Smoking Products to Zig-Zag Products and Smokeless Products to Stoker’s Products.
Historical financial results are not impacted by the segment name change. We operate in three segments: (i) Zig-Zag Products, (ii) Stoker’s Products, and (iii) NewGen Products.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of
the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company’s significant
estimates include those affecting the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, deferred income tax valuation allowances and the valuation of inventory, including reserves.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The changes did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows in any of the periods presented.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is
considered the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
GAAP requires the Company to identify entities for which control is achieved through means other than voting rights and to determine whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of VIEs.
A VIE is broadly defined as an entity with one or more of the following characteristics: (a) the total equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance the entity’s activities without additional
subordinated financial support; (b) as a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack (i) the ability to make decisions about the entity’s activities through voting or similar rights, (ii) the
obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity, or (iii) the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity; and (c) the equity investors have voting rights that are not proportional
to their economic interests, and substantially all of the entity’s activities either involve, or are conducted on behalf of, an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights. The Company
consolidates its investment in a VIE when it determines that it is the VIE’s primary beneficiary. The Company may change its original assessment of a VIE upon subsequent events such as the
modification of contractual arrangements that affects the characteristics or adequacy of the entity’s equity investments at risk and the disposition of all or a portion of an interest held by the
primary beneficiary.
The primary beneficiary of a VIE as the entity that has both: (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (ii) the
obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could be significant to the entity. The Company performs this analysis on an ongoing basis.
Effective November 2020, management of the Company has determined that ReCreation Marketing (“ReCreation”) is a VIE for which the Company is considered the primary beneficiary due to
the power the Company has over the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of ReCreation and the right to receive benefits and the obligation to absorb losses of
ReCreation through the Company’s 50% equity interest, additional subordinated financing provided by the Company to ReCreation and the distribution agreement with ReCreation for the sale of
the Company’s products that makes up substantially all of ReCreations’s business activities. See Note 3, “Acquisitions” for further details regarding the consolidation of ReCreation.
63
Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenues in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which includes excise taxes and
shipping and handling charges billed to customers, net of cash discounts for prompt payment, sales returns and sales incentives, upon delivery of goods to the customer—at which time the
Company’s performance obligation is satisfied—at an amount that the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods in accordance with the five-step analysis outlined in Topic
606: (i) identify the contract with the customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance
obligations, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied. The Company excludes from the transaction price, sales taxes and value-added taxes imposed at the
time of sale (which do not include excise taxes on smokeless tobacco, cigars, or vaping products billed to customers).
The Company records an allowance for sales returns, based principally on historical volume and return rates, which is included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The
Company records sales incentives, which consist of consumer incentives and trade promotion activities, as a reduction in revenues (a portion of which is based on amounts estimated as being due
to wholesalers, retailers and consumers at the end of the period) based principally on historical volume and utilization rates. Expected payments for sales incentives are included in accrued
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
A further requirement of ASU 2014-09 is for entities to disaggregate revenue recognized from contracts with customers into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Company management views business performance through segments that closely resemble the performance of major
product lines. Thus, the primary and most useful disaggregation of the Company’s contract revenue for decision making purposes is the disaggregation by segment which can be found in Note
21, “Segment Information”. An additional disaggregation of contract revenue by sales channel can be found within Note 21 as well.
Derivative Instruments
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts: The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on
inventory purchase commitments. The Company accounts for its forward contracts under the provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Under the Company’s policy, the Company may
hedge up to 100% of its anticipated purchases of inventory in the denominated invoice currency over a forward period not to exceed twelve months. The Company may also, from time to time,
hedge up to ninety percent of its non-inventory purchases in the denominated invoice currency. Forward contracts that qualify as hedges are adjusted to their fair value through other
comprehensive income as determined by market prices on the measurement date, except any hedge ineffectiveness which is recognized currently in income. Gains and losses on these forward
contracts are transferred from other comprehensive income into inventory as the related inventories are received and are transferred to net income as inventory is sold. Changes in fair value of
any contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges are recognized currently in income.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements: The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate risk and reduce the volatility of future cash flows. The Company accounts for its
interest rate swap contracts under the provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Swap contracts that qualify as hedges are adjusted to their fair value through other comprehensive income
as determined by market prices on the measurement date, except any hedge ineffectiveness which is recognized currently in income. Gains and losses on these swap contracts are transferred from
other comprehensive income into net income upon settlement of the derivative position or at maturity of the interest rate swap contract. Changes in fair value of any contracts that do not qualify
for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges are recognized currently in income.
Shipping Costs
The Company records shipping costs incurred as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. Shipping costs incurred were approximately $22.8 million, $18.1 million, and
$15.1 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Research and Development and Quality Assurance Costs
Research and development and quality assurance costs are expensed as incurred. These expenses, classified as selling, general and administrative expenses, were approximately $1.3 million, $2.5
million, and $2.5 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers any highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
64
Table of Contents
Inventories
Cost is determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for approximately 45.1% of the inventories and first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) for the remaining inventories as of December 31, 2020.
Inventories that are measured using the LIFO method are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventories that are measured using the FIFO method are stated at the lower of cost or net
realizable value. Leaf tobacco is presented in current assets in accordance with standard industry practice, notwithstanding the fact that such tobaccos are carried longer than one year for the
purpose of curing.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful
lives of the assets or the life of the leases for leasehold improvements (4 to 7 years for machinery, equipment and furniture, 10 to 15 years for leasehold improvements, and up to 15 years for
buildings and building improvements). Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. The costs of major renewals and improvements are capitalized and
depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Upon disposition of fixed assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation amounts are relieved. Any resulting gain or loss is reflected in
operations during the period of disposition. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other in accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are
reviewed for impairment annually on December 31, or more frequently if certain indicators are present, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35 and ASC 350-30-35, respectively. If the carrying
value of a reporting unit including goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined using the discounted cash flows, goodwill is considered impaired. The amount of impairment loss is
measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the reporting unit but is limited to the total goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the carrying value of an
indefinite-life intangible asset exceeds its fair value, which is determined using discontinued cash flows or relief-from-royalty, the intangible asset is considered impaired and is reduced to fair
value. For goodwill, the determination of a reporting unit’s fair value involves, among other things, the Company’s market capitalization and application of the income approach, which includes
developing forecasts of future cash flows and determining an appropriate discount rate.
Based on the Company’s annual goodwill impairment testing, the estimated fair values of each of our reporting units were in excess of the respective carrying values at December 31, 2020. The
Company had no such impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2020. However, there could be an impairment of the goodwill of the NewGen
reporting unit if future revenues do not achieve our expected future cash flows or if macroeconomic conditions result in future increases in the weighted average cost of capital used to estimate
fair value. See Note 10, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, for further details regarding the Company’s goodwill and other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020.
Fair Value
GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value. That framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The
hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3).
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under GAAP are described below:
•
•
•
Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive
markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by
correlation or other means.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.
65
Table of Contents
Retirement Plans
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits. ASC 715-30, Defined Benefit Plans – Pensions, which requires an employer to (a) recognize in its
statement of financial position the funded status of a benefit plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and benefit obligations, (b) recognize net of tax, the gains or
losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, and (c) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations
as of the date of the employer’s statement of financial position.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt obligations using the effective interest method. Unamortized amounts are expensed upon extinguishment of the related
borrowings. Deferred financing costs are presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability except for deferred financing costs relating to our revolving credit facility,
which are presented as an asset.
Income Taxes
The Company records the effects of income taxes under the liability method in which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial and
tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company assesses its ability to realize future benefits of
deferred tax assets by determining if they meet the “more likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. If the Company determines that future benefits do not meet the “more likely than
not” criteria, a valuation allowance is recorded.
Advertising and Promotion
Advertising and promotion costs, including point of sale materials, are expensed as incurred and amounted to $5.2 million, $12.0 million, and $5.6 million for the years ending December 31,
2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures stock-based compensation costs related to its stock options on the fair value-based method under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The
fair value-based method requires compensation cost for stock options to be recognized over the requisite service period based on the fair value of stock options granted. The Company determined
the fair value of these awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
The Company grants performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSU”) subject to both performance-based and service-based vesting conditions. The fair value of each PRSU is the Company’s
stock price on the date of grant. For purposes of recognizing compensation expense as services are rendered in accordance with ASC 718, the Company assumes all employees involved in the
PRSU grant will provide service through the end of the performance period. Stock compensation expense is recorded based on the probability of achievement of the performance conditions
specified in the PRSU grant.
Risks and Uncertainties
Manufacturers and sellers of tobacco products are subject to regulation at the federal, state, and local levels. Such regulations include, among others, labeling requirements, limitations on
advertising, and prohibition of sales to minors. The tobacco industry is likely to continue to be heavily regulated. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate content, timing, or effect of any
regulation of tobacco products by any federal, state, or local legislative or regulatory body, nor can there be any assurance that any such legislation or regulation would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In a number of states targeted flavor bans have been proposed or enacted legislatively or by the
administrative process. Depending on the number and location of such bans, that legislation or regulation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of
operations or cash flows. Food Drug and Administration (“FDA”) continues to consider various restrictive regulations around our products, including targeted flavor bans; however, the details,
timing, and ultimate implementation of such measures remain unclear.
The tobacco industry has experienced and is experiencing significant product liability litigation. Most tobacco liability lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of cigarettes
for injuries allegedly caused by smoking or exposure to smoke. However, several lawsuits have been brought against manufacturers and sellers of smokeless products for injuries to health
allegedly caused by use of smokeless products. Typically, such claims assert that use of smokeless products is addictive and causes oral cancer. Additionally, several lawsuits have been brought
against manufacturers and distributors of NewGen products due to malfunctioning devices. There can be no assurance the Company will not sustain losses in connection with such lawsuits and
that such losses will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
66
Table of Contents
Master Settlement Agreement (MSA): Forty-six states, certain U.S. territories, and the District of Columbia are parties to the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) and the Smokeless
Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (“STMSA”). To the Company’s knowledge, signatories to the MSA include 49 cigarette manufacturers and/or distributors. The only signatory to the
STMSA is US Smokeless Tobacco Company. In the Company’s opinion, the fundamental basis for each agreement is the states’ consents to withdraw all claims for monetary, equitable, and
injunctive relief against certain tobacco products manufacturers and others and, in return, the signatories have agreed to certain marketing restrictions and regulations as well as certain payment
obligations.
Pursuant to the MSA and subsequent states’ statutes, a “cigarette manufacturer” (which is defined to also include MYO cigarette tobacco) has the option of either becoming a signatory to the
MSA or opening, funding, and maintaining an escrow account, with sub-accounts on behalf of each settling state. The STMSA has no similar provisions. The MSA escrow accounts are governed
by states’ statutes that expressly give the manufacturers the option of opening, funding, and maintaining an escrow account in lieu of becoming a signatory to the MSA. The statutes require
companies who are not signatories to the MSA to deposit, on an annual basis, into qualified banks, escrow funds based on the number of cigarettes or cigarette equivalents, i.e., the pounds of
MYO tobacco, sold. The purpose of these statutes is expressly stated to be to eliminate the cost disadvantage the settling manufacturers have as a result of entering into the MSA. Such companies
are entitled to direct the investment of the escrowed funds and withdraw any appreciation, but cannot withdraw the principal for twenty-five years from the year of each annual deposit, except to
withdraw funds deposited pursuant to an individual state’s escrow statute to pay a final judgment to that state’s plaintiffs in the event of such a final judgment against the company. Either option
– becoming an MSA signatory or establishing an escrow account – is permissible.
The Company chose to open and fund an MSA escrow account as its means of compliance. It is management’s opinion, due to the possibility of future federal or state regulations, though none
have to date been enacted, that entering into one or both of the settlement agreements or establishing and maintaining an escrow account would not necessarily prevent future regulations from
having a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position, and cash flows of the Company.
Various states have enacted or proposed complementary legislation intended to curb the activity of certain manufacturers and importers of cigarettes that are selling into MSA states without
signing the MSA or who have failed to properly establish and fund a qualifying escrow account. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such statute has been enacted which could
inadvertently and negatively impact the Company, which has been, and is currently, fully compliant with all applicable laws, regulations, and statutes. However, there can be no assurance that
the enactment of any such complementary legislation in the future will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.
Pursuant to the MSA escrow account statutes, in order to be compliant with the MSA escrow requirements, companies selling products covered by the MSA are required to deposit such funds for
each calendar year into a qualifying escrow account by April 15 of the following year. At December 31, 2020, the Company had on deposit approximately $32.1 million, the fair value of which
was approximately $32.1 million. Inputs to the valuation methodology of the MSA escrow deposits when funds are invested include unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in
active markets at the measurement date. During 2020 no monies were deposited into this qualifying escrow account. The investment vehicles available to the Company are specified in the state
escrow agreements and are limited to low-risk government securities.
The Company discontinued its generic category of MYO in 2019 and its Zig-Zag branded MYO cigarette smoking tobacco in 2017. Thus, pending a change in MSA legislation, the Company has
no remaining product lines covered by the MSA and will not be required to make future escrow deposits.
The Company has chosen to invest a portion of the MSA escrow, from time to time, in U.S. Government securities including TIPS, Treasury Notes, and Treasury Bonds. These investments are
classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value. Realized losses are prohibited under the MSA; thus, any investment with an unrealized loss position will be held until the value is
recovered, or until maturity. All monies at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were held in money market savings accounts.
67
Table of Contents
The following shows the amount of deposits by sales year for the MSA escrow account:
Sales
Year
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Total
Deposits as of December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
211 $
1,017
1,673
2,271
4,249
3,714
4,553
3,847
4,167
3,364
1,619
406
193
199
173
143
101
91
83
32,074 $
211
1,017
1,673
2,271
4,249
3,714
4,553
3,847
4,167
3,364
1,619
406
193
199
173
143
101
91
83
32,074
Federal Excise Taxes: Tobacco products, cigarette papers, and cigarette tubes are subject to federal excise taxes.
Any future increases in federal excise taxes on the Company’s products could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company is
unable to predict the likelihood of passage of future increases in federal excise taxes. As of December 31, 2020, federal excise taxes are not assessed on e-cigarettes and related products.
As of December 31, 2020, nearly half of the states and certain localities impose excise taxes on electronic cigarettes and/or liquid vapor. In addition, there are several local taxing jurisdictions
with an excise tax on e-cigarettes. Several states have also implemented additional measures on e-cigarettes, such as licensing requirements.
FDA: On June 22, 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (“FSPTCA”) authorized the FDA to immediately regulate the manufacture, sale, and marketing of four
categories of tobacco products – cigarettes, cigarette tobacco, roll-your-own tobacco, and smokeless tobacco. On August 8, 2016, the FDA deeming regulation became effective. The deeming
regulation gave the FDA the authority to additionally regulate cigars, pipe tobacco, e-cigarettes, vaporizers, and e-liquids as “deemed” tobacco products under the FSPTCA.
The FDA assesses tobacco product user fees on six classes of regulated tobacco products and computes user fees using a methodology similar to the methodology used by the U.S Department of
Agriculture to compute the Tobacco Transition Payment Program (“TTPP,” also known as the “Tobacco Buyout”) assessment. First, the total, annual, congressionally established user fee
assessment is allocated among the various classes of tobacco products using the federal excise tax weighted market share of tobacco products subject to regulation. Then, the assessment for each
class of tobacco products is divided among individual manufacturers and importers.
In August 2016, the FDA’s regulatory authority under the Tobacco Control Act (the “TCA”) was extended to all tobacco products not previously covered, including: (i) certain NewGen products
(such as electronic cigarettes, vaporizers and e-liquids) and their components or parts (such as tanks, coils and batteries); (ii) cigars and their components or parts (such as cigar tobacco); (iii)
pipe tobacco; (iv) hookah products; and (v) any other tobacco product “newly deemed” by the FDA. These “deeming regulations” apply to all products made or derived from tobacco intended for
human consumption, but excluding accessories of tobacco products (such as lighters). Accordingly, the FDA has since regulated our cigar and cigar wrap products as well as our vapor products
containing tobacco-derived nicotine and products intended or reasonably expected to be used to consume such e-liquids.
68
Table of Contents
Under the deeming regulations, the FDA has responsibility for conducting premarket review of “new tobacco products”—defined as those products not commercially marketed in the United
States as of February 15, 2007. There are three pathways for obtaining premarket authorization, including submission of a premarket tobacco product application (“PMTA”).
We submitted premarket filings prior to the September 9, 2020 deadline for certain of our products and intend to supplement and complete the applications within FDA’s discretionary timeline.
A successful PMTA must demonstrate that the subject product is “appropriate for the protection of public health,” taking into account the effect of the marketing of the product on all sub-
populations while a Substantial Equivalence Report must demonstrate that a new product either has the same characteristics as its predicate product or different characteristics, but does not raise
different questions of public health. FDA is required under a court order to issue a decision related to the authorization of these products within twelve months; otherwise, these products cease to
be subject to the FDA’s continued compliance policy, which allows products to be marketed pending premarket review. FDA may, in its discretion and on a case-by-case basis, deviate from this
policy.
FDA has issued a number of rules related to premarket filings; however, those rules were not finalized until after September 9, 2020. As such, it is unclear whether and how FDA will apply any
new or additional requirements to currently pending applications. We believe we have products that meet the requisite standards and have filed premarket filings supporting a showing of the
respective required standard. However, there is no assurance that the FDA’s guidance or ultimate regulation will not change, or that the FDA will review and authorize the products in the
requisite time period or that, in that circumstance, the FDA will use its discretion on a case-by-case basis to allow for the continued marketing of the products, or that unforeseen circumstances
will not arise that prevent us from sufficiently supplementing or completing our applications or otherwise increase the amount of time and money we are required to spend to receive all necessary
marketing orders. Although we filed many premarket applications in a timely manner, no assurance can be given that the applications will ultimately be successful. This may result in the
prioritization of supplementing or completing applications for high priority SKUs in our inventory position, which could adversely impact future revenues.
In addition, we currently distribute many third-party manufactured vapor products for which we will be completely dependent on the manufacturer complying with the premarket filing
requirements. There can be no assurance that these third-party products will receive a marketing order. While we will take measures to pursue regulatory compliance for our own privately-
branded or proprietary vape products that compete with these third-party products, there is no assurance that such proprietary products would be as successful in the marketplace or can fully
displace third-party products that are currently being distributed by us, which could adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity. For a period of time after the filing deadline, we expect
there to be a lack of enforcement, which may adversely affect our ability to compete in the marketplace against those who continue to sell unauthorized products.
In January 2020, FDA issued a Guidance document (the “January 2020 Guidance”) that stated it would be prioritizing enforcement of several categories of electronic nicotine delivery system
(“ENDS”) products: (1) flavored, cartridge-based ENDS products (other than tobacco- or menthol-flavored ENDS products; (2) ENDS products for which the manufacturer has failed to take (or
is failing to take) adequate measures to prevent minors’ access; (3) ENDS products targeted to minors or whose marketing is likely to promote the use of ENDS by minors; and (4) ENDS
products offered for sale after May 12, 2020, premarket application deadline (later updated to reflect the September 9, 2020 filing deadline) for which the manufacturer has not submitted a
premarket application. The policy outlined several factors the agency would consider in its enforcement of flavored cigars going forward but did not restrict those products as it had considered in
the March 2019 Guidance proposal. The FDA’s policy on these and other regulated products may change or expand over time in ways not yet known and may significantly impact our products
or our premarket filings.
Prevent All Cigarette Trafficking Act (“PACT Act”): On December 27, 2020, President Trump signed the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, into law. This law included an
amendment to the Jenkins Act expanding the definition of “cigarette” to include “electronic nicotine delivery systems,” or ENDS, and requires that the United States Postal Service (USPS)
promulgate regulations clarifying the applicability of the prohibition on delivery sales of cigarettes to ENDS. Failure to comply with the PACT Act could result in significant financial or criminal
penalties. To the extent we are unable to respond to, or comply with, these new requirements, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Concentration of Credit Risk: At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had bank deposits, including MSA escrow accounts, in excess of federally insured limits of approximately $69.7
million and $126.0 million, respectively. During 2019, the Company invested a portion of the MSA escrow accounts in U.S. Government securities including TIPS, Treasury Notes, and Treasury
Bonds.
The Company sells its products to distributors, retail establishments, and consumers throughout the United States and also sells Zig-Zag® premium cigarette papers in Canada and some smaller
quantities in other countries. The Company had no customers that accounted for more than 10% of net sales for 2020, 2019, or 2018. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its
customers and generally does not require collateral on trade receivables. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant credit losses.
69
Table of Contents
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recognized at their net realizable value. All accounts receivable are trade related, recorded at the invoiced amount, and do not bear interest. The Company maintains
allowances for doubtful accounts receivable for estimated uncollectible invoices resulting from a customer’s inability to pay (bankruptcy, out of business, etc., i.e. “bad debt” which results in
write-offs). The activity of allowance for doubtful accounts during 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Balance at beginning of period
Additions to allowance account during period
Deductions of allowance account during period
Balance at end of period
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted
$
$
280
86
(216)
150
$
$
42
238
-
280
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments. ASU 2016-13 is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and
other organizations. This ASU applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loans, held-to-maturity debt securities, net investments in leases, and trade accounts receivable as
well as certain off-balance sheet credit exposures, such as loan commitments. The ASU replaced the previous incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology to reflect current
expected credit losses (“CECL”) and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to explain credit loss estimates. The guidance was adopted using a
modified retrospective transition method through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings/(deficit) in the period of adoption. The ASU was effective for the Company beginning in the
first quarter of 2020. The ASU did not have an impact to the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a
Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in a cloud computing arrangement service contract with
the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred for an internal-use software license. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019,
with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 effective January 1, 2020. The ASU did not have an impact to the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 to simplify the accounting in ASC 740, Income Taxes. This guidance removes certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax
allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. This guidance also clarifies and
simplifies other areas of ASC 740. This ASU will be effective beginning in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year 2021. Certain amendments in this update must be applied on a
prospective basis, certain amendments must be applied on a retrospective basis, and certain amendments must be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment
to retained earnings/(deficit) in the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on the financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic
815-40). This guidance simplifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments by reducing the number of accounting models and the number of embedded conversion features that could be
recognized separately from the convertible instrument. This guidance also enhances transparency and improves disclosures for convertible instruments and earnings per share guidance. This
ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2020. This update permits the use of either the modified retrospective or fully retrospective method of transition. The Company will early adopt this ASU effective
January 1, 2021 using the full retrospective method of transition. The ASU will increase reported debt by approximately $25 million, decrease interest expense by approximately $7.0 million
annually and increase weighed average diluted common shares outstanding by approximately 3.2 million shares.
70
Table of Contents
Note 3. Acquisitions
ReCreation Marketing
In July 2019, the Company obtained a 30% stake in a Canadian distribution entity, ReCreation for $1 million paid at closing. In November 2020, the Company invested an additional $1 million
related to our 30% stake. In November 2020, The Company also invested an additional $2 million increasing its ownership interest to 50%. We received board seats aligned with our ownership
position. The Company also provided a $2.0 million unsecured loan to ReCreation bearing interest at 8% per annum and maturing November 19, 2022. As discussed in Note 1, the Company has
determined that ReCreation is a VIE due its required subordinated financial support. The Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary due its 50% equity interest, additional
subordinated financing and distribution agreement with ReCreation for the sale of the Company’s products. As a result, the Company began consolidating ReCreation effective November 2020.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not completed the accounting for the acquisition. The following table summarizes the consideration transferred and calculation of goodwill based on
excess of the acquisition price over the estimated fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and are based on management’s preliminary estimates:
Total consideration transferred
Adjustments to consideration transferred:
Cash acquired
Working capital
Intercompany debt eliminated
Adjusted consideration transferred
Assets acquired:
Working capital (primarily AR and inventory)
Fixed assets and Other long term assets
Other liabilities
Non-controlling interest
Net assets acquired
Goodwill
$
4,000
(3,711)
418
2,000
2,707
1,551
70
(203)
(4,050)
$ (2,632)
$
5,339
The goodwill of $5.3 million consists of the synergies expected from combining the operations and is currently not deductible for tax purposes.
Standard Diversified Inc. (“SDI”)
On July 16, 2020, the Company completed its merger with SDI, whereby SDI was merged into a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company in a tax-free downstream merger. Under the terms of
the merger, the holders of SDI’s Class A Common Stock and SDI’s Class B Common Stock (collectively, “SDI Common Stock”) received in the aggregate, in return for their SDI Common
Stock, TPB Voting Common Stock (“TPB Common Stock”) at a ratio of 0.52095 shares of TPB Common Stock for each share of SDI Common Stock at the time of the merger. SDI divested its
assets, other than SDI’s TPB Common Stock, prior to close such that the net liabilities at closing were minimal and the only assets that SDI retained were the remaining TPB Common Stock
holdings. The transaction was accounted for as an asset purchase for $236.0 million in consideration, comprised of 7,934,704 shares of TPB Common Stock valued at $234.3 million plus
transaction costs and assumed net liabilities. $236.0 million was assigned to the 8,178,918 shares of TPB Common Stock acquired. Shares of TPB Common Stock acquired in excess of the shares
issued were retired. The Company no longer has a controlling shareholder and 244,214 shares of TPB Common Stock were retired resulting in a charge of $1.7 million recorded in Accumulated
earnings (deficit).
Durfort Holdings
In June 2020, the Company purchased certain tobacco assets and distribution rights from Durfort Holdings S.R.L. (“Durfort”) and Blunt Wrap USA for $47.7 million in total consideration,
comprised of $37.7 million in cash, including $1.7 million of capitalized transaction costs, and a $10.0 million unsecured subordinated promissory note (“Promissory Note”). With this
transaction, the Company acquired co-ownership in the intellectual property rights of all of Durfort’s and Blunt Wrap USA’s Homogenized Tobacco Leaf (“HTL”) cigar wraps and cones. The
Company also entered into an exclusive Master Distribution Agreement to market and sell the original Blunt Wrap® cigar wraps within the USA which was effective October 9, 2020. Durfort is
an industry leader in alternative cigar and cigar wrap manufacturing and distribution. Blunt Wrap USA has been an innovator of new products in the smoking alternative market since 1997 and
has secured patents in the USA and internationally for novel smoking wrappers and cones. The transaction was accounted for as an asset purchase with $42.2 million assigned to intellectual
property, which has an indefinite life, and $5.5 million assigned to the Master Distribution Agreement, which has a 15 year life. Both assets are currently deductible for tax purposes.
71
Table of Contents
Solace Technologies
In July 2019, the Company purchased the assets of E-Vape 12, Inc and Solace Technologies LLC (“Solace”) for $9.4 million in total consideration, comprised of $7.7 million in cash, $1.1
million earn-out fair value, and $0.5 million holdback for 18 months, which was adjusted by $0.2 million for a working capital deficiency. The earn-out consists of 44,295 shares of the
Company’s common stock to be issued to the former owners upon the achievement of certain annual milestones. Immediately following the acquisition, 88,582 PRSUs with a fair value of $4.62
million were issued to former owners who became employees. See Note 17, “Share Incentive Plans”, for further details. Solace is an innovative product development company that has grown
from the creator of one of the leading vape juice brands in the industry into a leader of alternative ingredients product development. The Company intends to incorporate Solace’s innovative
products as well as the legacy vapor products into our Nu-X development engine. The Company completed the accounting for the acquisition during the third quarter 2020. The following
purchase price and goodwill are based on the excess of the acquisition price over the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired:
Total consideration transferred
Adjustments to consideration transferred:
Cash acquired
Working capital
Adjusted consideration transferred
Assets acquired:
Working capital (primarily AR and inventory)
Fixed assets and Other long term assets
Intangible assets
Other liabilities
Net assets acquired
Goodwill
$
9,405
(45)
(235)
9,125
1,132
414
1,352
(209)
2,689
$
$
6,436
The goodwill of $6.4 million consists of the synergies and scale expected from combining the operations and is currently deductible for tax purposes.
Note 4. Derivative Instruments
Foreign Currency
The Company’s policy is to manage the risks associated with foreign exchange rate movements. The policy allows hedging up to 100% of its anticipated purchases of inventory over a forward
period that will not exceed 12 rolling and consecutive months. The Company may, from time to time, hedge currency for non-inventory purchases, e.g., production equipment, not to exceed 90%
of the purchase price. During 2020, the Company executed various forward contracts, which met hedge accounting requirements, for the purchase of €19.7 million and sale of €21.4 million with
maturity dates ranging from December 2020 to November 2021. The Company did not execute any forward contracts during 2019. At December 31, 2020, the Company had forward contracts
for the purchase of €18.0 million and sale of €19.6 million. The foreign currency contracts’ fair value at December 31, 2020, resulted in an asset of $0.4 million included in Other current assets
and a liability of $0.0 million included in Accrued liabilities. At December 31, 2019, the Company had no forward contracts.
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company’s policy is to manage interest rate risk by reducing the volatility of future cash flows associated with debt instruments bearing interest at variable rates. In March 2018, the
Company executed various interest rate swap agreements for a notional amount of $70 million with an expiration of December 2022. The swap agreements fix LIBOR at 2.755%. The swap
agreements met the hedge accounting requirements; thus, any change in fair value is recorded to other comprehensive income. The Company uses the Shortcut Method to account for the swap
agreements. The Shortcut Method assumes the hedge to be perfectly effective; thus, there is no ineffectiveness to be recorded in earnings. The swap agreements’ fair values at December 31,
2020, and December 31, 2019, resulted in a liability of $3.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, included in other long-term liabilities. Losses of $1.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million
were reclassified into interest expense for the year ending December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively.
72
Table of Contents
Note 5. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions described below. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market
data to develop estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use
of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are, by definition, short-term. Thus, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Accounts Receivable
The fair value of accounts receivable approximates their carrying value due to their short-term nature.
Note Payable – Promissory Note
The fair value of the Promissory Note approximates its carrying value of $10.0 million due to the recency of the note’s issuance, related to the year ended December 31, 2020.
Note Payable – Unsecured Loan
The fair value of the Unsecured Note approximates its carrying value of $7.5 million due to the recency of the note’s issuance, related to the year ended December 31, 2020.
Note Payable – IVG
The fair value of the IVG Note approximated its carrying value of $4.2 million due to the recency of the note’s issuance, relative to the year ended December 31, 2019.
Long-Term Debt
The Company’s 2018 Credit Facility bears interest at variable rates that fluctuate with market rates. The carrying values of the long-term debt instruments approximate their respective fair
values. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the 2018 First Lien Term Loan approximated $130.0 million. As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of the 2018 First Lien Term Loan
approximated $146.0 million.
The Convertible Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.50% per year. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value approximated $155.3 million, with a carrying value of $172.5 million. As of
December 31, 2019, the fair value approximated $140.1 million, with a carrying value of $172.5 million.
See Note 13, “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt”, for further information regarding the Company’s long-term debt.
Foreign Exchange
At December 31, 2020, the Company had forward contracts for the purchase of €18.0 million and sale of €19.6 million. At December 31, 2019, the Company had no forward contracts. The fair
value of the foreign exchange contracts are based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments, thus leading to a level 2 distinction within the fair value hierarchy, and resulted in an asset of
$0.4 million and a liability of $0.0 million as of December 31, 2020. As there were no open contracts as of December 31, 2019, there is no resulting balance sheet position related to the fair
value.
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company had swap contracts for a total notional amount of $70 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019. The fair values of the swap contracts are based upon quoted market prices for
similar instruments, thus leading to a level 2 distinction within the fair value hierarchy, and resulted in a liability of $3.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020 and
2019.
73
Table of Contents
Note 6. Inventories
The components of inventories are as follows:
Raw materials and work in process
Leaf tobacco
Finished goods - Zig-Zag Products
Finished goods - Stoker’s Products
Finished goods - NewGen Products
Other
Gross Inventory
LIFO reserve
Net Inventory
The following represents the inventory valuation allowance roll-forward, for the years ended December 31:
$
$
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
8,137
32,948
14,903
9,727
18,916
1,225
85,856
(6,106)
79,750
$
7,050
32,763
13,138
5,680
17,111
989
76,731
(5,752)
70,979
Balance at beginning of period
Charged to cost and expense
Deductions for inventory disposed
Balance at end of period
Note 7. Other Current Assets
Other current assets consists of:
Inventory deposits
Insurance deposit
Prepaid taxes
Other
Total
Note 8. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment consists of:
Land
Buildings and improvements
Leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Gross property, plant and equipment
Accumulated depreciation
Net property, plant and equipment
2020
2019
$
(21,502) $
(2,504)
$
$
$
$
$
74
(2,867)
14,445
(9,924) $
(20,001)
1,003
(21,502)
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
7,113
3,000
813
15,525
26,451
$
$
4,012
-
3,673
8,430
16,115
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
22
2,750
4,702
15,612
9,025
32,111
(16,587)
15,524
$
22
2,655
2,567
14,516
8,502
28,262
(14,446)
13,816
Table of Contents
Note 9. Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs relating to the revolving credit facility consist of:
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $705 and $410, respectively
Note 10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes goodwill by segment:
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Adjustments
Acquisitions
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Acquisitions
Balance as of December 31, 2020
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
641
$
890
Zig-Zag
Stoker’s
NewGen
Total
$
96,107
$
32,590
$
17,242
$
145,939
-
-
96,107
$
5,339
101,446
$
-
-
32,590
$
-
32,590
$
1,907
6,436
25,585
$
-
25,585
$
1,907
6,436
154,282
5,339
159,621
$
$
The following tables summarize information about the Company’s allocation of other intangible assets. Gross carrying amounts of unamortized, indefinite life intangible assets are shown below:
Zig-Zag
Stoker’s
NewGen
Total
Stoker’s
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
NewGen
Total
Unamortized, indefinite life
intangible assets:
Trade names
Formulas
Total
$
$
-
42,245
42,245
$
$
8,500
53
8,553
$
$
10,786
-
10,786
$
$
19,286
42,298
61,584
$
$
10,871
53
10,924
$
$
10,786
-
10,786
$
$
21,657
53
21,710
Amortized intangible assets included within the NewGen segment consists of:
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships (useful life of 8-10 years)
Trade names (useful life of 15 years)
Master distribution agreement (useful life of 15 years)
Franchise agreements (useful life of 8 years)
Non-compete agreements (useful life of 3.5 years)
Total
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Gross
Carrying
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Accumulated
Amortization
$
$
6,936
9,530
5,489
780
100
22,835
$
$
3,111
1,375
183
228
100
4,997
$
$
6,936
7,158
-
780
100
14,974
$
$
2,283
714
-
130
88
3,215
During 2020, $2.4 million in trade names related to Wind River Brands in the Stoker’s Product segment were determined to no longer be indefinite lived and began to be amortized. Annual
amortization expense for each of the next five years is estimated to be approximately $1.9 million for 2021 through 2024 and $1.2 million for 2025, assuming no additional transactions occur that
require the amortization of intangible assets.
75
Table of Contents
Note 11. Other Assets
Other assets consists of:
Equity investments
Pension assets
Other
Total
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
24,018
-
2,818
26,836
$
$
5,421
1,686
3,566
10,673
In October 2020, the Company acquired a 20% stake in Wild Hempettes LLC (“Wild Hempettes”), a leading manufacturer of hemp cigarettes under the WildHemp™ and Hempettes™ brands,
for $2.5 million. The Company has options to increase its stake to a 100% ownership position based on certain milestones. As part of the transaction, the Wild Hempettes joint venture was spun
off from Crown Distributing LLC and formed as a vehicle for the Company to be the exclusive distributor of Hempettes™ to U.S. bricks and mortar retailers under a profit-sharing arrangement.
The Company has provided Wild Hempettes with a secured line of credit up to $2.0 million with a term up to 5 years. The Company accounts for its investment in Wild Hempettes as an equity
method investment. The Company recorded investment income of $0.1 million for 2020. Purchases of inventory from Wild Hempettes was $ 0.5 million in 2020. There were no amounts
outstanding at December 31, 2020.
In October 2020, the Company invested $15.0 million in dosistTM, a global cannabinoid company, with an option to invest an additional $15.0 million on pre-determined terms over the next 12
months. The Company received a warrant to receive preferred shares of dosistTM that will automatically be exercised upon the changing of federal laws in the United States, rescheduling
cannabis and/or permitting the general cultivation, distribution and possession of cannabis. There were no purchases of inventory from dosistTM in 2020.
In October 2020, the Company invested $1.8 million in BOMANI Cold Buzz, LLC (“BOMANI”), a manufacturer of alcohol-infused cold brew coffee. The Company received rights to receive
equity in BOMANI in the event of an equity financing. There were no purchases of inventory from BOMANI in 2020.
The Company has a minority ownership position in Canadian American Standard Hemp (“CASH”). CASH is headquartered in Warwick, Rhode Island, and manufactures cannabidiol isolate
(“CBD”) developed through highly efficient and proprietary processes. The investment in CASH positions the Company to participate in the market for hemp-derived products. In the fourth
quarter 2019 CASH completed a fundraising round, resulting in the fair value of our investment increasing to $4.0 million. This resulted in a gain of $2 million which is recorded in investment
income for 2019. In October 2020, CASH merged with Real Brands, Inc. (“Real Brands”), an over the counter traded shell company. CASH will continue business under the Real Brands name.
The Company maintained its ownership position in Real Brands subsequent to the merger. Purchases of inventory from CASH were $0.0 million and $0.6 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
There were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019.
In December 2018, the Company acquired a minority ownership position in General Wireless Operations, Inc. (d/b/a RadioShack; “RadioShack”) from 5G gaming LLC, which is owned by
Standard General LP, for $0.4 million. Standard General LP has a controlling interest in the Company and qualifies as a related party. The Company will work together with RadioShack on
product development and sourcing teams in China. Furthermore, the Company paid $0.0 and 0.2 million in consulting fees in 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no amounts outstanding at
December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Note 12. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities at consists of:
Accrued payroll and related items
Customer returns and allowances
Taxes payable
Lease liabilities
Accrued interest
Other
Total
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
9,459
5,259
4,326
3,228
2,096
10,857
35,225
$
$
5,267
6,160
705
2,218
1,909
10,261
26,520
76
Table of Contents
Note 13. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
Notes payable and long-term debt consists of the following in order of preference:
2018 First Lien Term Loan
Convertible Senior Notes
Note payable - Promissory Note
Note payable - Unsecured Loan
Note payable - IVG
Gross notes payable and long-term debt
Less deferred finance charges
Less debt discount
Less current maturities
Net notes payable and long-term debt
2018 Credit Facility
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
$
130,000
172,500
10,000
7,485
-
319,985
(4,940)
(25,083)
(12,000)
277,962
$
146,000
172,500
-
-
4,240
322,740
(6,466)
(32,083)
(15,240)
268,951
On March 7, 2018, the Company entered into $250 million of credit facilities consisting of a $160 million 2018 First Lien Term Loan and a $50 million 2018 Revolving Credit Facility
(collectively, the “2018 First Lien Credit Facility”), in each case, with Fifth Third Bank, as administrative agent, and other lenders, in addition to a $40 million 2018 Second Lien Term Loan (the
“2018 Second Lien Credit Facility,” and, together with the 2018 First Lien Credit Facility, the “2018 Credit Facility”) with Prospect Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, and other
lenders. The 2018 Credit Facility contains a $40 million accordion feature. Proceeds from the 2018 Credit Facility were used to repay, in full, the 2017 Credit Facility. The Company incurred a
loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.4 million in the first quarter of 2018 as a result of the refinancing.
The 2018 Credit Facility contains customary events of default including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain other material
indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain ERISA events, judgments in excess of specified amounts, and change in control defaults. The
2018 Credit Facility also contains certain negative covenants customary for facilities of these types including covenants that, subject to exceptions described in the 2018 Credit Facility, restrict
the ability of the Company and its subsidiary guarantors: (i) to pledge assets, (ii) to incur additional indebtedness, (iii) to pay dividends, (iv) to make distributions, (v) to sell assets, and (vi) to
make investments. See Note 23, “ Dividends”, for further information regarding dividend restrictions.
2018 First Lien Credit Facility: The 2018 First Lien Term Loan and the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 2.75% to 3.50% based on the Company’s senior
leverage ratio. The 2018 First Lien Term Loan has quarterly required payments of $2.0 million beginning June 30, 2018, increasing to $3.0 million on June 30, 2020, and increasing to $4.0
million on June 30, 2022. The 2018 First Lien Credit Facility has a maturity date of March 7, 2023. The 2018 First Lien Term Loan is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the
assets of the borrowers and the guarantors thereunder, including a pledge of the Company’s capital stock, other than certain excluded assets (the “Collateral”). In connection with the Convertible
Senior Notes offering, the Company entered into a First Amendment (“the Amendment”) to the First Lien Credit Agreement, with Fifth Third Bank, as administrative agent, and other lenders
and certain other lender parties thereto. The Amendment was entered into primarily to permit the Company to issue up to $200 million of convertible senior notes, enter into certain capped call
transactions in connection with the issuance of such notes and to use the proceeds from the issuance of the notes to repay amounts outstanding under the Company’s Second Lien Credit
Agreement and use the remaining proceeds for acquisitions and investments. In connection with the Amendment, fees of $0.7 million were incurred. The 2018 First Lien Credit Facility contains
certain financial covenants, which were amended in connection with the Convertible Senior Notes offering in the third quarter 2019. The covenants include maximum senior leverage ratio of
3.00x with step-downs to 2.50x, a maximum total leverage ratio of 5.50x with step-downs to 5.00x, and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.20x. In the first quarter of 2020, the financial
covenants were amended to permit certain add-backs related to PMTA in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of October 1, 2019 until September 30, 2020. In connection with
the amendment, fees of $0.2 million were incurred. Based on an excess cash covenant for the facility, a principal payment of $4.5 million was due in the second quarter 2019. All parties agreed
to waive the payment, resulting in consent fees of $0.1 million. The weighted average interest rate of the 2018 First Lien Term Loan was 2.9% at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2020, the
Company had no borrowings outstanding under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. The $50.0 million unused portion of the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility is reduced by letters of credit from
Fifth Third Bank totaling $3.6 million, resulting in $46.4 million of availability under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2020.
77
Table of Contents
2018 Second Lien Credit Facility: The 2018 Second Lien Credit Facility bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 7.00% and had a maturity date of March 7, 2024. The 2018 Second Lien Term
Loan was secured by a second priority interest in the Collateral and was guaranteed by the same entities as the 2018 First Lien Term Loan. The 2018 Second Lien Credit Facility contained
certain financial covenants including a maximum senior leverage ratio of 3.75x with step-downs to 3.50x, a maximum total leverage ratio of 4.75x with step-downs to 4.50x, and a minimum
fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10x. Based on an excess cash covenant for the facility, a $4.5 million principal payment was made in the second quarter 2019, resulting in a $0.2 million loss on
extinguishment of debt. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes to prepay all outstanding amounts related to the 2018 Second Lien Credit
Facility in the third quarter 2019. The principal paid in the third quarter amounted to $35.5 million, and the transaction resulted in a $1.1 million loss on extinguishment of debt.
Convertible Senior Notes
In July 2019 the Company closed an offering of $172.5 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due July 15, 2024 (the “Convertible Senior Notes”). The
Convertible Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.50% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2020. The Convertible
Senior Notes will mature on July 15, 2024, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The Convertible Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company.
The Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into approximately 3,202,808 shares of our voting common stock under certain circumstances prior to maturity at a conversion rate of 18.567 shares
per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes, which represents a conversion price of approximately $53.86 per share, subject to adjustment under certain conditions, but will not
be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. Upon conversion, the Company may pay cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and stock, as determined by the Company at its
discretion. The conditions required to allow the holders to convert their Convertible Senior Notes were not met as of December 31, 2020.
Under GAAP, certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash on conversion are required to be separately accounted for as liability and equity components of the instrument in a
manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. Accordingly, in accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, the Company separated the Convertible Senior
Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated
convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component, which is recognized as a debt discount, represents the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible
Senior Notes and the fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Senior Notes. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount (“debt
discount”), $35.0 million, will be amortized to interest expense using an effective interest rate of 7.5% over the expected life of the Convertible Senior Notes. The equity component is not
remeasured as long as it continues to meet the criteria for equity classification. Interest expense includes $7.0 and $2.9 million of amortization for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
In accounting for the issuance costs related to the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, the Company allocated the total amount incurred to the liability and equity components based on their
relative values. Debt issuance costs attributable to the liability component are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the expected life of the Convertible Senior
Notes, $4.7 million, and the debt issuance costs attributable to the equity component, $1.2 million, are netted with the equity component of stockholders’ equity (deficit).
In connection with the Convertible Senior Notes offering, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with certain financial institutions. The capped call transactions
have a strike price of $53.86 per and a cap price of $82.86 per, and are exercisable when, and if, the Convertible Senior Notes are converted. The Company paid $20.53 million for these capped
calls and charged that amount to additional paid-in capital.
Promissory Note
On June 10, 2020, in connection with the acquisition of certain Durfort assets, the Company issued the Promissory Note in the principal amount of $10.0 million (the “Principal Amount”), with
an annual interest rate of 7.5%, payable quarterly, with the first payment due September 10, 2020. The Principal Amount is payable in two $5.0 million installments, with the first installment due
18 months after the closing date of the acquisition ( June 10, 2020), and the second installment due 36 months after the closing date of the acquisition. The second installment is subject to
reduction for certain amounts payable to the Company as a holdback.
78
Table of Contents
Unsecured Loan
On April 6, 2020, the 2018 First Lien Credit Facility was amended to allow for an unsecured loan under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act of 2020 (“CARES”). On April
17, 2020, National Tobacco Company, L.P., a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a loan agreement with Regions Bank guaranteed by the Small Business Administration for a $7.5 million
unsecured loan. The proceeds of the loan were received on April 27, 2020. The loan is scheduled to mature on April 17, 2022 and has a 1.00% interest rate.
Note Payable – IVG
In September 2018, the Company issued a note payable to IVG’s former shareholders (“IVG Note”). The IVG Note is $4.0 million principal with 6.0% interest compounding annually and
matures on March 5, 2020. All principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the IVG Note were subject to indemnification obligations of the sellers pursuant to the International Vapor Group
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 5, 2018. The carrying amount of the IVG Note was $4.2 million as of December 31, 2019. During 2020, the carrying amount of the IVG Note,
$4.2 million, was deposited into an escrow account pending agreement with the sellers of any indemnification obligations.
Note 14. Income Taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31 consists of the following components:
Current
2020
Deferred
Total
Current
2019
Deferred
Total
Current
2018
Deferred
Federal
State and Local
Total
$
$
5,288
1,927
7,215
$
$
2,200
600
2,800
$
$
7,488
2,527
10,015
$
$
5,281
982
6,263
$
$
(3,282) $
(937)
(4,219) $
1,999
45
2,044
$
$
2,326
1,394
3,720
$
$
3,165
(600)
2,565
$
$
Total
5,491
794
6,285
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consists of:
Inventory
Property, plant, and equipment
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Accrued pension and post-retirement costs
State NOL carryforward
Unrealized loss on investments
Leases
Original issue discount
Other
Gross deferred income taxes
Valuation allowance
Net deferred income taxes
$
$
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
$
4,151
-
-
-
2,236
876
4,920
3,800
6,611
22,594
(2,236)
20,358
$
-
3,107
8,144
-
-
-
4,557
6,276
2,356
24,440
-
24,440
$
$
$
7,705
-
-
-
3,225
580
3,393
4,806
4,407
24,116
(3,225)
20,891
$
-
2,076
7,672
943
-
-
3,099
8,118
555
22,463
-
22,463
At December 31, 2020, the Company had state NOL carryforwards for income tax purposes of approximately $52.9 million, which expire between 2025 and 2040, $21.2 million of which has an
indefinite carryforward period. The Company has determined that, at December 31, 2020 and 2020, its ability to realize future benefits of its state NOL carryforwards does not meet the “more
likely than not” criteria in ASC 740, Income Taxes. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $2.2 million and $3.2 million has been recorded at December 2020 and 2019, respectively.
79
Table of Contents
ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax
return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest
amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company has determined that they did not have any uncertain tax positions requiring
recognition as a result of the provisions of ASC 740-10-25. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions as part of interest expense. For the
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, no estimated interest or penalties were recognized for the uncertainty of tax positions taken. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S.
federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. In general, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state tax examinations for years prior to 2017.
Reconciliation of the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
Federal statutory rate
State taxes
Permanent differences
Other
Valuation allowance
Effective income tax rate
2020
2019
2018
21.0%
2.7%
-1.8%
5.1%
-3.7%
23.3%
21.0%
0.0%
-6.7%
-3.8%
2.4%
12.9%
21.0%
3.3%
-2.9%
-0.8%
-0.7%
19.9%
The permanent differences for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 are primarily related to income tax benefits of $3.3 million ($0.7 million tax effected), $4.6 million ($1.0
million tax effected), and $5.4 million ($1.1 million tax effected), respectively, as a result of stock option exercises.
Note 15. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans
The Company had a defined benefit pension plan. Benefits for hourly employees were based on a stated benefit per year of service, reduced by amounts earned in a previous plan. Benefits for
salaried employees were based on years of service and the employees’ final compensation. The defined benefit pension plan was frozen. The Company’s policy was to make the minimum
amount of contributions that can be deducted for federal income taxes. The Company made no contributions to the pension plan in 2020. In the second quarter of 2018, the Company made
mutually agreed upon lump-sum payments to certain individuals covered by the defined benefit pension plan which resulted in a curtailment loss of approximately $0.3 million during the second
quarter of 2018, which is reported within “Net periodic benefit (income), excluding service cost” within the Consolidated Statements of Income. In the fourth quarter 2019, the Company elected
to terminate the defined benefit pension plan, effective December 31, 2019 with final distributions made in the third quarter of 2020.
The Company sponsored a defined benefit postretirement plan that covered hourly employees. This plan provided medical and dental benefits. This plan was contributory with retiree
contributions adjusted annually. The Company’s policy was to make contributions equal to benefits paid during the year. In the fourth quarter 2019, the Company amended the plan to cease
benefits effective June 30, 2020. The plan amendment eliminated a significant amount of the benefits under the plan, resulting in a curtailment of $3.2 million. The curtailment resulted in $1.8
million being reclassified from other comprehensive income to income. The total gain on the curtailment was $4.9 million and is recorded in Net periodic benefit (income), excluding service cost
in the income statement.
80
Table of Contents
The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and fair value of assets for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and a statement of the
funded status:
Pension
Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
2020
2019
2020
2019
Reconciliation of benefit obligations:
Benefit obligation at January 1
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial loss (gain)
Assumptions
Settlement/curtailment
Annuities purchased
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at December 31
Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Settlement/curtailment
Annuities purchased
Benefits paid
Asset reversion upon termination
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
Funded status:
Funded status at December 31
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)
Net amount recognized
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
14,217
-
190
249
-
(1,869)
(12,116)
(671)
-
$
$
15,903
1,139
-
(1,869)
(12,116)
(671)
(2,386)
-
$
-
-
-
$
$
$
13,700
104
520
916
-
-
-
(1,023)
14,217
$
$
14,923
2,003
-
-
-
(1,023)
-
15,903
$
1,686
1,827
3,513
$
$
$
$
$
115
-
-
(83)
-
-
-
(32)
-
-
-
32
-
-
(32)
-
-
$
-
-
-
$
$
3,305
-
101
-
-
(3,207)
-
(84)
115
-
-
84
-
-
(84)
-
-
(115)
(54)
(169)
Accumulated benefit obligations did not exceed plan assets at December 31, 2019, for the Company’s pension plan.
The asset allocation for the Company’s defined benefit plan, by asset category, follows:
Asset category:
Debt securities
Cash
Total
Percentage of
Plan Assets at
December 31,
2019
88.5%
11.5%
100.0%
The asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation
techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
81
Table of Contents
Following is the description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value subsequent to initial recognition. These methods may produce a fair value calculation that may
not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other
market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the
reporting date. There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2019.
•
Pooled Separate Accounts. Valued at the net asset value (NAV) of shares held by the plan at year end.
• Guaranteed Deposit Account. Valued at contract value, which approximates fair value.
•
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The table below presents the balances of the plan’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value
hierarchy:
Pooled separate accounts
Guaranteed deposit account
Total assets at fair value as of December 31, 2019
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
$
$
14,079
1,824
15,903
$
$
-
-
-
$
$
14,079
-
14,079
$
$
-
1,824
1,824
The table below sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Guaranteed Deposit Account:
Balance at January 1, 2019
Total gains (losses), realized/unrealized
Return on plan assets
Purchases, sales, and settlements, net
Balance at December 31, 2019
Total gains (losses), realized/unrealized
Return on plan assets
Purchases, sales, and settlements, net
Balance at December 31, 2020
Guaranteed
Deposit
Account
$
2,265
45
(486)
1,824
32
(1,856)
-
$
$
$
The Company’s investment philosophy was to earn a reasonable return without subjecting plan assets to undue risk. The Company used one management firm to manage plan assets, which were
invested in equity and debt securities. The Company’s investment objective was to match the duration of the debt securities with the expected payments.
The following table provides the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31:
Prepaid asset
Accrued benefit cost
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, unrecognized net gain (loss)
Total
Pension
Benefits
Postretirement
Benefits
2020
2019
2020
2019
$
$
-
-
-
-
$
$
1,686
-
1,827
3,513
$
$
-
-
-
-
$
$
-
(115)
(54)
(169)
No amounts will be recognized in net periodic benefit costs from accumulated other comprehensive income in 2021 for the pension or post retirement plan as both plans have been terminated.
82
Table of Contents
The following table provides the components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit costs and total costs for the plans for the years ended December 31:
2020
Pension
Benefits
2019
2018
2020
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of (gains) losses
Settlement and Curtailment loss (gain)
Net periodic benefit cost
$
$
$
-
190
(322)
72
1,180
1,120
$
$
104
520
(645)
147
-
126
$
$
104
553
(949)
186
306
200
$
Postretirement
Benefits
2019
2018
$
-
-
-
(131)
-
(131) $
$
-
101
-
(169)
(4,915)
(4,983) $
-
117
-
(81)
-
36
The Company was required to make assumptions regarding such variables as the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the discount rate applied to determine service cost and
interest cost. The rate of return on assets used was determined based upon analysis of the plans’ historical performance relative to the overall markets and mix of assets. The assumptions listed
below represent management’s review of relevant market conditions and have been adjusted as appropriate. A discount rate was not used for pension benefits in 2020 as all benefits were
distributed during the year. A discount rate was not used for postretirement benefits in 2019 as all benefits were to be paid in less than one year. The Company used a discount rate of 3.0% as the
weighted average assumption in the measurement of the its benefit obligation in 2019. The Company used a discount of 4.0% and an expected rate of return on plan assets of 4.5% as the
weighted average assumptions to determine net periodic pension and postretirement costs in 2019.
The Company also sponsors a voluntary 401(k) retirement savings plan. Eligible employees may elect to contribute up to 15% of their annual earnings subject to certain limitations. For the 2020
and 2019 Plan Years, the Company contributed 4% to those employees contributing 4% or greater. For those employees contributing less than 4%, the Company matched the contribution by
100%. Additionally, for all years presented, the Company made discretionary contributions of 1% to all employees, regardless of an employee’s contribution level. Company contributions to this
plan were approximately $1.6 million for 2020, $1.5 million for 2019, and $1.2 million for 2018.
Note 16. Lease Commitments
As of January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The main impact to the financial statements was the recognition of lease liabilities and right of use assets. The
Company’s leases consist primarily of leased property for manufacturing warehouse, head offices and retail space as well as vehicle leases. In general, the Company does not recognize any
renewal periods within the lease terms as there are not significant barriers to ending the lease at the initial term. Lease and non-lease components are accounted for as a single lease component.
Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
83
Table of Contents
The components of lease expense consists of the following:
Operating lease cost
Cost of sales
Selling, general and administrative
Variable lease cost (1)
Short-term lease cost
Sublease income
Total
(1) Variable lease cost includes elements of a contract that do not represent a good or service but for which the lessee is responsible for paying.
Assets:
Right of use assets
Total lease assets
Liabilities:
Current lease liabilities (2)
Long-term lease liabilities
Total lease liabilities
(2) Reported within accrued liabilities on the balance sheet
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases
$
$
$
$
$
$
For the year ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
908
2,402
587
131
(120)
3,908
$
874
2,973
463
147
(110)
4,347
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
17,918
17,918
$
$
3,228
16,117
19,345
$
$
12,130
12,130
2,218
11,067
13,285
As of December 31,
2020
2019
7.2 years
4.93%
8.1 years
6.07%
Nearly all the lease contracts for the Company do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. For these contracts, the Company estimated the incremental borrowing rate based on
information available upon adoption of ASU 2016-02. The Company applied a consistent method in periods after the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to estimate the incremental borrowing rate.
Maturities of lease liabilities consisted of the following:
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Years thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: Imputed interest
Present value of lease liabilities
84
December 31,
2020
4,021
3,731
3,462
2,417
2,056
7,428
23,115
3,770
19,345
$
$
$
Table of Contents
Minimum lease payments for operating leases that had initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year consisted of the following:
Year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Years thereafter
Total
Payments
2,909
2,653
2,417
2,374
2,056
7,428
19,837
$
$
At December 31, 2019, the Company had operating leases with lease liabilities of $1.5 million which had not yet commenced. The leases are primarily related to vehicles for business use. The
Company recognized $0.1 and $0.3 million in impairments of right of use assets in 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to store closures.
Note 17. Share Incentive Plans
On April 28, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the Turning Point Brands, Inc., 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), pursuant to which awards may be granted to
employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. In addition, the 2015 Plan provides for the granting of nonqualified stock options to employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company. Pursuant to the 2015 Plan, 1,400,000 shares of the Company’s voting common stock are reserved for issuance as awards to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants as
compensation for past or future services or the attainment of certain performance goals. The 2015 Plan is scheduled to terminate on April 27, 2026. The 2015 Plan is administrated by a
committee (the “Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Committee determines the vesting criteria for the awards, with such criteria to be specified in the award agreement. As
of December 31, 2020, 16,159 shares of restricted stock, 459,411 performance-based restricted stock units, and 608,728 options have been granted to employees of the Company under the 2015
Plan, net of forfeitures. There are 315,702 shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan.
On February 8, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc., pursuant to which awards may
be granted to employees. The 2006 Plan provides for the granting of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock awards to employees. Upon the adoption of the Company’s 2015 Equity
Incentive Plan in connection with its IPO, the Company determined no additional grants would be made under the 2006 Plan. However, all awards issued under the 2006 Plan that have not been
previously terminated or forfeited remain outstanding and continue unaffected. There are no shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan. Stock option activity for the 2006 and 2015 Plans is
summarized below:
Outstanding, December 31, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2019
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2020
Stock
Option
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
$
659,574
180,780
(129,067)
(14,571)
696,716
155,000
(135,146)
(5,510)
711,060
$
9.00
43.89
5.72
34.55
18.13
14.85
6.37
27.25
19.58
$
$
3.34
14.34
2.58
11.10
6.17
4.41
2.74
8.64
6.42
Under the 2006 Plan, the total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, was $3.7 million, $5.0 million, and $5.7 million, respectively.
85
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2020, under the 2006 Plan, the outstanding stock options’ exercise price for 200,767 options is $3.83 per share, all of which are exercisable. The weighted average of the
remaining lives of the outstanding stock options is approximately 2.9 years for the options with the $3.83 exercise price. The Company estimates the expected life of these stock options is ten
years from the date of grant. For the $3.83 per share options, the weighted average fair value of options was determined using the Black-Scholes model assuming a ten-year life from grant date, a
current share price and exercise price of $3.83, a risk-free interest rate of 3.57%, a volatility of 40%, and no assumed dividend yield. Based on these assumptions, the fair value of these options is
approximately $2.17 per share option granted.
At December 31, 2020, under the 2015 Plan, the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate for the expected life at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the average
long-term historical volatilities of peer companies. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine expected volatility until sufficient
information regarding volatility of our share price becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose. Due to our limited trading history, we are using the
“simplified method” to calculate expected holding periods, which represent the periods of time for which options granted are expected to be outstanding. We will continue to use this method
until we have sufficient historical exercise experience to give us confidence in the reliability of our calculations. The fair values of these options were determined using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model.
The following table outlines the assumptions based on the number of options granted under the 2015 Plan.
February 10,
2017
May 17,
2017
March 7,
2018
March 13,
2018
March 20,
2019
October 24,
2019
March 18,
2020
Number of options granted
Options outstanding at December 31, 2020
Number exercisable at December 31, 2020
$
Exercise price
Remaining lives
Risk free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected life
Dividend yield
Fair value at grant date
$
$
40,000
27,050
27,050
13.00
6.12
1.89%
27.44%
6.000
-
3.98
$
$
93,819
55,880
55,880
15.41
6.38
1.76%
26.92%
6.000
-
4.60
$
$
98,100
78,132
50,050
21.21
7.19
2.65%
28.76%
6.000
0.83%
$
6.37
$
26,000
26,000
26,000
21.49
7.20
2.62%
28.76%
5.495
0.82%
$
6.18
$
155,780
145,831
49,617
47.58
8.22
2.34%
30.95%
6.000
0.42%
$
15.63
$
25,000
25,000
8,250
20.89
8.82
1.58%
31.93%
6.000
0.95%
$
6.27
155,000
152,400
-
14.85
9.22
0.79%
35.72%
6.000
1.49%
4.41
The Company has recorded compensation expense related to the options based on the provisions of ASC 718 under which the fixed portion of such expense is determined as the fair value of the
options on the date of grant and amortized over the vesting period. The Company recorded compensation expense related to the options of approximately $1.2 million, $1.7 million and $0.7
million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation expense related to options at December 31, 2020, is $0.6 million, which will be
expensed over 1.48 years.
Performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) are restricted stock units subject to both performance-based and service-based vesting conditions. The number of shares of common stock a
recipient will receive upon vesting of a PRSU will be calculated by reference to certain performance metrics related to the Company’s performance over a five-year period. PRSUs will vest on
the measurement date, which is no more than 65 days after the performance period, provided the applicable service and performance conditions are satisfied. At December 31, 2020, there are
459,411 PRSUs outstanding, all of which are unvested.
March 31,
2017
March 7,
2018
March 20,
2019
March 20,
2019
July 19,
2019
March 18,
2020
December 28,
2020
Number of PRSUs granted
PRSUs outstanding at December 31, 2020
$
Fair value as of grant date
Remaining lives
94,000
79,500
15.60 $
1.00
96,000
93,000
21.21 $
2.00
92,500
84,550
47.58 $
3.00
4,901
-
47.58 $
-
88,582
21,342
52.15
2.00
$
94,000
92,850
14.85
4.00
$
88,169
88,169
46.42
3.00
The Company recorded compensation expense related to the PRSUs of approximately $1.4 million, $1.9 million and $0.6 million in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, based on the probability of achieving the performance condition. Total unrecognized compensation expense related to these awards at
December 31, 2020, is $8.6 million, which will be expensed over the service period based on the probability of achieving the performance condition.
86
Table of Contents
Note 18. Contingencies
On October 9, 2020, a purported stockholder of Turning Point Brands, Inc., Paul-Emile Berteau, filed a complaint in the Delaware Court of Chancery relating to the Agreement and Plan of
Merger and Reorganization, dated as of April 7, 2020, by and among TPB, SDI and Merger Sub (the “SDI Merger”). The complaint asserts two derivative counts purportedly on behalf of TPB
for breaches of fiduciary duty against the Board of Directors of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and other parties. The third count asserts a direct claim against the Company and its Board of Directors
seeking a declaration that TPB’s Bylaws are inconsistent with TPB’s certificate of incorporation. While the Company believes it has good and valid defenses to the claims, there can be no
assurance that the Company will prevail in this case, and it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.
Other major tobacco companies are defendants in product liability claims. In a number of these cases, the amounts of punitive and compensatory damages sought are significant and could have a
material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The Company is subject to several lawsuits alleging personal injuries resulting from malfunctioning vaporizer devices or
consumption of e-liquids and may be subject to claims in the future relating to our other NewGen products. The Company is still evaluating these claims and the potential defenses to them. For
example, the Company did not design or manufacture the products at issue; rather, we were merely the distributor. Nonetheless, there can be no assurance that we will prevail in these cases, and
they could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
We have two franchisor subsidiaries. Like many franchise businesses, in the ordinary course of their business, these subsidiaries are from time to time responding parties to arbitration demands
brought by franchisees. One of our subsidiaries, which we acquired in 2018, is the franchisor of the VaporFi system. This subsidiary is a responding party in an arbitration brought by a franchisee
claiming, among other things, violations of Federal Trade Commission Rules and Florida law. These allegations relate to the franchise disclosure document (FDD) utilized by the franchise
system, a small vapor store chain, prior to our acquisition in 2018. We believe that we have good and valid substantive defenses against these claims and will vigorously defend ourselves in the
arbitration.
We have also been named in a lawsuit brought by a different franchisee represented by the same firm that represents the plaintiff in the action described above. This case relates to the termination
of the franchise agreement by the franchisor for failure to pay franchising fees and our subsequent demand that the franchisee cease using our marks and de-image locations formerly housing the
franchises. The franchisee filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida sixteen months after our demand. The franchisee is claiming tortious interference and
conversion. We believe that the suit was improperly brought before the U.S. District Court for the South District of Florida because the related franchising agreements included a mandatory
arbitrary clause. We also believe we have valid substantive defenses against the claims and intend on vigorously defending our interests in this matter.
We have several subsidiaries engaged in making, distributing and retailing (online and in bricks-and-mortar) vapor products. As a result of the overall publicity and controversy surrounding the
vapor industry generally, many companies have received informational subpoenas from various regulatory bodies and in some jurisdictions regulatory lawsuits have been filed regarding
marketing practices and possible underage sales. We expect that our subsidiaries will be subject to some such cases and investigative requests. In the acquisition of the vapor businesses, we
negotiated financial “hold-backs”, which we expect to be able to use to defray expenses associated with the information production and the cost of defending any such lawsuits. To the extent that
litigation becomes necessary, we believe that the subsidiaries have strong factual and legal defenses against claims that they unfairly marketed vapor products.
Note 19. Legal Settlement
The company engaged in discussions and mediation with VMR Products LLC (“VMR”), which was acquired in 2018. Pursuant to a Distribution and Supply agreement (“VMR Agreement”),
VMR was providing the Company with V2 e-cigarettes for the exclusive distribution in bricks-and-mortar stores in the United States. Under the terms of the VMR Agreement, in the event of
termination following a change in control, the acquirer was required to make a payment to the Company under a formula designed to provide the Company with a fair share of the value created
by the Company’s performance under the VMR Agreement. The discussions have been completed and the Company received $6.7 million in the second quarter 2019 to settle the issue. Net of
legal costs and reserves for anticipated future returns associated with the discontinuance, the Company recorded a $5.5 million gain in the second quarter of 2019, which was recorded as a
reduction to selling, general, and administrative expenses.
87
Table of Contents
Note 20. Income Per Share
The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations of net income:
Income
Shares
Per
Share
Consolidated net income $
33,041
Income
Shares
$
13,774
Per
Share
Income
Shares
$
25,289
Per
Share
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Basic EPS:
Weighted average
Diluted EPS:
Effect of dilutive
securities:
Stock options
19,398,474
$
1.70
19,627,093
$
0.70
19,355,607
$
1.31
336,159
19,734,633
$
1.67
410,447
20,037,540
$
0.69
471,955
19,827,562
$
1.28
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the effect of the 3,202,808 shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes were excluded from the diluted net income per
share calculation because the Company’s average stock price did not exceed $53.86 during the period.
Note 21. Segment Information
In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the Company has three reportable segments, (1) Zig-Zag Products; (2) Stoker’s Products; and (3) NewGen Products. The Zig-Zag Products
segment markets and distributes (a) rolling papers, tubes, and related products; and (b) finished cigars and MYO cigar wraps. The Stoker’s Products segment (a) manufactures and markets moist
snuff and (b) contracts for and markets loose leaf chewing tobacco products. The NewGen Products segment (a) markets and distributes CBD, liquid vapor products and certain other products
without tobacco and/or nicotine; (b) distributes a wide assortment of products to non-traditional retail outlets via VaporBeast; and (c) markets and distributes a wide assortment of products to
individual consumers via the VaporFi B2C online platform. Products in the Zig-Zag Products and Stoker’s Products segments are distributed primarily through wholesale distributors in the
United States while products in the NewGen Products segment are distributed primarily through e-commerce to non-traditional retail outlets and direct to consumers in the United States. The
Other segment includes the costs and assets of the Company not assigned to one of the three reportable segments such as intercompany transfers, deferred taxes, deferred financing fees, and
investments in subsidiaries. The Company had no customer that accounted for more than 10% of net sales in 2020, 2019, or 2018.
The accounting policies of these segments are the same as those of the Company. Corporate costs are not directly charged to the three reportable segments in the ordinary course of operations.
The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on operating income.
88
Table of Contents
The tables below present financial information about reported segments:
Net sales
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Total
Gross profit
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Total
Operating income (loss)
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Corporate unallocated (1)(2)
Total
Interest expense, net
Investment income
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Net periodic benefit (income) cost, excluding service cost
Income before income taxes
Capital expenditures
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Total
Depreciation and amortization
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(1)
(2)
Includes corporate costs that are not allocated to any of the three reportable segments.
Includes costs related to PMTA of $14.4 million and $2.2 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Assets
Zig-Zag products
Stoker’s products
NewGen products
Corporate unallocated (1)
Total
(1)
Includes assets not assigned to the three reportable segments. All goodwill has been allocated to the reportable segments.
89
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
132,812
115,866
156,433
405,111
$
$
78,232
61,456
49,948
189,636
$
$
108,733
99,894
153,362
361,989
$
$
59,386
52,277
25,083
136,746
$
$
$
61,886
44,734
5,801
(48,348)
64,073
$
$
45,058
34,665
(20,629)
(32,235)
26,859
$
20,226
(198)
-
989
17,342
(2,648)
1,308
(4,961)
111,507
90,031
131,145
332,683
57,043
46,490
39,026
142,559
42,650
28,920
6,752
(29,838)
48,484
14,819
(424)
2,384
131
43,056
$
15,818
$
31,574
-
5,815
320
6,135
$
$
182
2,215
2,621
5,018
$
$
-
2,823
1,992
4,815
$
$
-
1,608
2,481
4,089
$
$
-
1,559
708
2,267
-
1,360
1,750
3,110
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
207,518
126,292
91,116
64,407
489,333
$
$
145,831
120,723
90,899
89,131
446,584
Table of Contents
Revenue Disaggregation—Sales Channel
Revenues of the Zig-Zag Products and Stoker’s Products segments are primarily comprised of sales made to wholesalers while NewGen sales are made business to business and business to
consumer, both online and through our corporate retail stores. NewGen net sales are broken out by sales channel below.
Business to Business
Business to Consumer - Online
Business to Consumer - Corporate store
Other
Total
Net Sales: Domestic and Foreign
The following table shows a breakdown of consolidated net sales between domestic and foreign.
Domestic
Foreign
Total
Note 22. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following table presents the quarterly operating results:
NewGen Segment
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
107,976
43,517
4,751
189
156,433
$
$
112,580
31,348
9,273
161
153,362
$
$
105,736
15,624
9,631
154
131,145
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2020
2018
391,705
13,406
405,111
$
$
347,616
14,373
361,989
$
$
317,046
15,637
332,683
$
$
$
$
2020
Net sales
Gross profit
Consolidated net income
Basic net income (loss) per share
Diluted net income (loss) per share
2019
Net sales
Gross profit
Consolidated net income
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
$
$
$
$
90,689
41,431
3,275
0.17
0.16
91,628
40,464
6,560
0.34
0.33
$
$
$
$
104,963
48,092
9,227
0.47
0.47
93,339
41,183
13,205
0.67
0.66
$
$
$
$
104,174
48,307
7,796
0.41
0.40
96,800
42,816
6,274
0.32
0.31
$
$
$
$
105,285
51,806
12,743
0.67
0.65
80,222
12,283
(12,265)(1)(2)
(0.62)
(0.62)
(1)
(2)
Includes corporate and vapor restructuring costs of $12.7 million net of tax of $5.1 million
Includes an immaterial out of period non-cash adjustment of $0.8 million net of tax of $0.3 million related to the prior quarters of 2019
The amounts presented in the table above are computed independently for each quarter. As a result, their sum may not equal the total year amounts.
90
Table of Contents
Note 23. Dividends
On November 9, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the initiation of a cash dividend to shareholders. The initial quarterly dividend of $0.04 per common share was paid on
December 15, 2017 to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 27, 2017. The most recent dividend of $0.05 per common share, an increase of approximately 25%, was paid
on January 8, 2021, to shareholders of record at the close of business on December 18, 2020.
Dividends, among other disbursements assets, are classified as restricted payments within the 2018 Credit Facility. The Company is generally permitted to make restricted payments provided
that, at the time of payment, or as a result of payment, the Company is not in default. Additional restrictions limit the aggregate amount of restricted, quarterly dividends during a fiscal year to
the aggregate amount of mandatory and voluntary principal payments made on the priority term loans during the fiscal year.
Note 24. Subsequent Events
On February 11, 2021, the Company closed a private offering (the “Offering”) of $250 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.625% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “Senior Secured
Notes”). The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.625% and will mature on February 15, 2026. The Company used the proceeds from the Offering (i) to repay all obligations under
and terminate the 2018 First Lien Credit Facility, (ii) to pay related fees, costs, and expenses and (iii) for general corporate purposes.
In connection with the Offering, the Company also entered into a new $25 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”). The Company did not draw any
borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility on the effective date of the facility but did have letters of credit of approximately $3.6 million outstanding. The New Revolving Credit
Facility will mature on August 11, 2025 if none of the Company’s Convertible Senior Notes are outstanding, and if any Convertible Senior Notes are outstanding, the date which is 91 days prior
to the maturity date of July 15, 2024 for such Convertible Senior Notes.
91
Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s management, with participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), evaluated the
effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020, at the reasonable assurance level.
Internal Control
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have included a report that provides management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as part of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. Management’s report is included below under the caption entitled “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting,” and is incorporated herein by reference. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls
over financial reporting and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report have been prepared by the management that is responsible for their preparation, integrity, and fair presentation. The
statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported
in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended). Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect
to financial statement preparation and presentation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of an internal control system may vary over time.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2020, based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework)
(“COSO ICIF”).
A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement
of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Based on our evaluation under the framework in COSO ICIF, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at the reasonable assurance level as of
December 31, 2020. In conducting management’s evaluation as described above, ReCreation was excluded. The operations of ReCreation excluded from management’s assessment of internal
control over financial reporting, represent approximately 0% of the Company’s consolidated revenues and approximately 2% of total assets as of December 31, 2020.
Our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and will not be required to do so for as
long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.
92
Table of Contents
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
Management has determined that there were no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2020 that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Lawrence S. Wexler
Lawrence S. Wexler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 19, 2021
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
/s/ Robert Lavan
Robert Lavan
Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 19, 2021
/s/ Brian Wigginton
Brian Wigginton
Chief Accounting Officer
Date: February 19, 2021
93
Table of Contents
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
PART III
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
94
Table of Contents
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
a) Financial Information
PART IV
(1) Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) Financial Statement Schedule: Information required by this item is included within the consolidated financial statements or notes in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3) Exhibits – See (b) below
b) Exhibits
Index to Exhibits
95
Table of Contents
Exhibit No.
Description
Index to Exhibits
2
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
International Vapor Group Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 5, 2018, between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and International Vapor Group, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2018).
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of April 7, 2020, by and among TPB, SDI and Merger Sub. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2020).
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2016).
Second Amended and Restated By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 27, 2020).
Registration Rights Agreement of Turning Point Brands, Inc. dated May 10, 2016, between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2016).
Description of Securities. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2020).
Indenture dated as of July 30, 2019, between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and GLAS Trust Company LLC, (including the form of Note as Exhibit A thereto) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2019).
Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-
1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). †
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2015 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March
13, 2017). †
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Turning Point Brands, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2017). †
2006 Equity Incentive Plan of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No.
333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015). †
Amendment No. 1 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2017). †
Amendment No. 2 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2017). †
Amendment No. 3 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2017). †
Amendment No. 4 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of North Atlantic Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2017). †
Form of Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-
207816) filed on November 5, 2015). †
96
Table of Contents
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
Form of Cash-Out Agreement under the 2006 Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2017). †
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and certain directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 24, 2015).
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Standard General Master Fund, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 24, 2015).
Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Lawrence Wexler dated November 23, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2016). †
Employment Agreement between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and Mr. Robert M. Lavan dated March 13, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2018). †
Contract Manufacturing, Packaging and Distribution Agreement dated as of September 4, 2008, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and Swedish Match North
America, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 24, 2015).
Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company,
Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (U.S.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration
Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4/A filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated as of November 30, 1992, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company,
Inc., as predecessor to North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration
Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on Form S-4/A filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated March 31, 1993 between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading
Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on
November 5, 2015).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreements dated June 10, 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading
Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on
November 5, 2015).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated September 1996, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading
Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on
November 5, 2015).
Restated Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
dated June 25, 1997 (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (Reg. No. 333-31931) on
Form S-4/A filed with the Commission on September 17, 1997).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated October 22, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating
Company, Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1997).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated June 19, 2002, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
(U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
97
Table of Contents
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
10.35
10.36
10.37
Trademark Consent Agreement, dated March 26, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated February 28, 2005, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company,
Inc. (U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5,
2015).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated April 20, 2006, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
(U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006).
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution and License Agreement dated March 10, 2010, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
(U.S. & Canada) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
Consent Agreement dated as of April 4, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26
to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
Amendment No. 1 to Consent Agreement dated as of April 9, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
Amendment No. 2 to Consent Agreement dated as of June 25, 1997, between Bolloré Technologies, S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
Trademark Consent Agreement dated July 31, 2003, among Bolloré Technologies, S.A., North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc. and North Atlantic Operating Company,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
Amendment No. 2 to Trademark Consent Agreement dated December 17, 2012, between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
License and Distribution Agreement dated March 19, 2013 between Bolloré S.A. and North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37
to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 5, 2015).
Distributors Supply Agreement dated as of April 1, 2013, between National Tobacco Company, L.P. and JJA Distributors, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.38 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-207816) filed on November 24, 2015).
First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of February 17, 2017, by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2017).
First Lien Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of February 17, 2017, by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc., Fifth Third Bank, and the lenders party thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2017).
Intercreditor Agreement dated as of February 17, 2017, by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc., the other grantors party thereto, Fifth Third Bank, as first lien collateral
agent, and Prospect Capital Corporation, as second lien collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
February 17, 2017).
98
Table of Contents
10.38
10.39
10.40
10.41
10.42
10.43
10.44
10.45
21
23
31.1
31.2
31.3
32.1
101
Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2018, by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as the obligors, Fifth Third
Bank, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 8,
2018).
Omnibus Amendment, Reaffirmation Agreement and Joinder, dated as of March 7, 2018, by and among Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as the Grantors,
Fifth Third Bank, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
March 8, 2018).
First Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June
30, 2019).
Form of Capped Call Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2019).
Second Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12,
2020)
Third Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 28,
2020).
Release and Severance Agreement, dated August 19, 2020, by and among TPB and James W. Dobbins, Senior Vice President and General Counsel. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 27, 2020). †
Consulting Agreement dated August 19, 2020, but effective November 1, 2020, between Turning Point Brands, Inc. and James Dobbins. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 27, 2020) †
Subsidiaries of Turning Point Brands, Inc.*
Consent of RSM US, LLP.*
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
Certification of Principal Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.*
XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language). The following materials from Turning Point Brands, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the years ended December
31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) consolidated balance sheets, (ii) consolidated statements of income, (iii) consolidated statements of
comprehensive income, (iv) consolidated statements of changes in stockholder’s equity (deficit), (v) consolidated statements of cash flows, and (vi) notes to the
consolidated financial statements.*
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).*
*
†
Filed herewith
Compensatory plan or arrangement
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.
99
Table of Contents
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned
thereunto duly authorized, on February 19, 2021.
TURNING POINT BRANDS, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
/s/ Lawrence S. Wexler
Lawrence S. Wexler
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Robert Lavan
Robert Lavan
Chief Financial Officer
/s/ Brian Wigginton
Brian Wigginton
Chief Accounting Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and
on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
By:
By:
By:
By:
By:
By:
By:
By:
By:
/s/ Lawrence S. Wexler
Lawrence S. Wexler
/s/ Robert Lavan
Robert Lavan
/s/ Brian Wigginton
Brian Wigginton
/s/ David Glazek
David Glazek
/s/ Gregory H. A. Baxter
Gregory H. A. Baxter
/s/ H. C. Charles Diao
H. C. Charles Diao
/s/ Peggy Hebard
Peggy Hebard
/s/ Arnold Zimmerman
Arnold Zimmerman
/s/ Ashley Davis Frushone
Ashley Davis Frushone
Director, Chief Executive Officer
February 19, 2021
Chief Financial Officer
February 19, 2021
Chief Accounting Officer
February 19, 2021
Chairman of the Board of Directors
February 19, 2021
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
100
February 19, 2021
February 19, 2021
February 19, 2021
February 19, 2021
February 19, 2021
Subsidiaries of Turning Point Brands, Inc.
The following list outlines the subsidiaries of Turning Point Brands, Inc., as of December 31, 2020.
Exhibit 21
Entity
Turning Point Brands, Inc.
North Atlantic Trading Company, Inc.
National Tobacco Finance, LLC
National Tobacco Company, L.P.
North Atlantic Operating Company, Inc.
North Atlantic Cigarette Company, Inc.
RBJ Sales, Inc.
North Atlantic Wrap Company LLC
TPB Services LLC
Turning Point Brands, LLC
Intrepid Brands, LLC
TPB Beast LLC
TPB Shark, LLC
Nu-X Ventures, LLC
Nu-X Distribution LLC
Nu-Tech Holdings LLC
South Beach Holdings LLC
TPB International, LLC
Turning Point Brands (Canada) Inc.
Jurisdiction of
Organization
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Tennessee
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Ontario, Canada
We consent to the incorporation by reference in (i) Registration Statement No. 333-211321 on Form S-8 of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and (ii) Registration Statement No. 333-240310 on Form
S-3 of Turning Point Brands, Inc. of our report dated February 19, 2021 relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Turning Point Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries which
appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23
/s/ RSM US LLP
Greensboro, North Carolina
February 19, 2021
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
Exhibit 31.1
I, Lawrence S. Wexler, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-
15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 19, 2021
By:
/s/ LAWRENCE S. WEXLER
Lawrence S. Wexler
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
Exhibit 31.2
I, Robert Lavan, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-
15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 19, 2021
By:
/s/ ROBERT LAVAN
Robert Lavan
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
Exhibit 31.3
I, Brian Wigginton, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-
15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 19, 2021
By:
/s/ BRIAN WIGGINTON
Brian Wigginton
Chief Accounting Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Turning Point Brands, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, Lawrence S. Wexler, President and Chief Executive Officer, Robert Lavan, Chief Financial Officer, and Brian Wigginton, Chief Accounting
Officer, of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.
Date: February 19, 2021
Date: February 19, 2021
Date: February 19, 2021
By:
By:
/s/ LAWRENCE S. WEXLER
Lawrence S. Wexler
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ ROBERT LAVAN
Robert Lavan
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
By:
/s/ BRIAN WIGGINTON
Brian Wigginton
Chief Accounting Officer